TW200904907A - Method for producing organic nano-pigment particle aggregate and organic nano-pigment particle nonaqueous dispersed substance, colour photosensitive resin composition containing the said dispersed substance, and color filter using it - Google Patents

Method for producing organic nano-pigment particle aggregate and organic nano-pigment particle nonaqueous dispersed substance, colour photosensitive resin composition containing the said dispersed substance, and color filter using it Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200904907A
TW200904907A TW097116573A TW97116573A TW200904907A TW 200904907 A TW200904907 A TW 200904907A TW 097116573 A TW097116573 A TW 097116573A TW 97116573 A TW97116573 A TW 97116573A TW 200904907 A TW200904907 A TW 200904907A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
organic
compound
pigment
solvent
Prior art date
Application number
TW097116573A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Makoto Ohmoto
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW200904907A publication Critical patent/TW200904907A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09CTREATMENT OF INORGANIC MATERIALS, OTHER THAN FIBROUS FILLERS, TO ENHANCE THEIR PIGMENTING OR FILLING PROPERTIES ; PREPARATION OF CARBON BLACK  ; PREPARATION OF INORGANIC MATERIALS WHICH ARE NO SINGLE CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS AND WHICH ARE MAINLY USED AS PIGMENTS OR FILLERS
    • C09C3/00Treatment in general of inorganic materials, other than fibrous fillers, to enhance their pigmenting or filling properties
    • C09C3/10Treatment with macromolecular organic compounds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B82NANOTECHNOLOGY
    • B82YSPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
    • B82Y30/00Nanotechnology for materials or surface science, e.g. nanocomposites
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09CTREATMENT OF INORGANIC MATERIALS, OTHER THAN FIBROUS FILLERS, TO ENHANCE THEIR PIGMENTING OR FILLING PROPERTIES ; PREPARATION OF CARBON BLACK  ; PREPARATION OF INORGANIC MATERIALS WHICH ARE NO SINGLE CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS AND WHICH ARE MAINLY USED AS PIGMENTS OR FILLERS
    • C09C3/00Treatment in general of inorganic materials, other than fibrous fillers, to enhance their pigmenting or filling properties
    • C09C3/08Treatment with low-molecular-weight non-polymer organic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C01INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C01PINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
    • C01P2004/00Particle morphology
    • C01P2004/60Particles characterised by their size

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nanotechnology (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Composite Materials (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Pigments, Carbon Blacks, Or Wood Stains (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention relates to that when the organic nano-pigment aqueous dispersed substance is phase-transferred to organic nano-pigment nonaqueous dispersed substance, corresponding to the process for temporally producing aqueous paste by flushing method representatively, namely, corresponding to the complex process such as filtration using filter which needs a lot of time, a method for manufacturing the aggregate from the nano-pigment particle of the organic nano-pigment particle aqueous dispersed substance, which can be easily filtered, is provided. The solution of the present invention provides a process for producing organic nano-pigment particle aggregate, which the reaction of the organic nano-pigment particle with at least one organic low molecular compound with molecular weight of 1000 or less and at least one organic high molecular compound with molecular weight of 1000 or more is carried out to make the organic nano-pigment particle aggregated, and than isolated.

Description

200904907 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 #發明係有關於一種有機奈米粒子非水性分散物的製 法’該製法係將有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散物相轉化至非 水性介質而得到。更詳言之,本發明係有關於一種有機奈 米顏料粒子非水性分散物,其係使先前過濾困難之有機奈 米顏料粒子水性分散物中的有機奈米顏料粒子,成爲容易 過爐的凝集體’並藉由過濾操作將其離析,且在非水性介 質中使其再分散而得到。 【先前技術】 近年來,致力於使粒子小尺寸化的努力正進行中。特 別是難以使用粉碎法、析出法等製造小尺寸化至奈米尺寸 (例如10〜100奈米範圍)之硏究正進行中。而且正嘗試小 尺寸化至成爲奈米尺寸且成爲單分散性(在本發明,單分散 性係指粒徑一致的程度)高的粒子。 此種奈米尺寸的微粒子係位於較大的總體粒子與較小 的分子或原子之中間位置,係以往所未有的尺寸區域,被 指出能夠發揮無法預料的新特性。而且,若是能夠提高其 單分散性時,亦能夠使奈米粒子的特性安定化,此種奈米 粒子所具有的可能性被各式各種領域所期待,在生物化 學、新穎材料、電子元件、發光顯示元件、印刷及醫療等 廣泛的領域正積極地進行硏究。 特別是有機化合物所構成的有機奈米粒子’因爲有機 化合物本身具有多樣性,作爲機能性材料的潛力高。例如’ 200904907 因爲聚醯亞胺係具有耐熱性、耐溶劑性、機械特性等化學 性及機械性安定的材料,且電絕緣性優良等,被利用在廣 闊的領域。而且,將聚醯亞胺微粒子化,組合聚醯亞胺所 具有的特性及形狀,正逐漸地被利用在更廣泛廣闊領域。 例如,有提案(專利文獻1)揭示將經微粒子化的聚醯亞胺作 爲畫像形成用之粉末調色劑的添加劑等。 又,有機奈米粒子之中’就有機顏料而言,例如可舉 出塗料、印刷印墨、電子照相用調色劑、噴墨印墨、彩色 濾光片等用途。此等目前已成爲生活上不可缺少的重要化 合物。其中要求高性能、實用上特別重要者可舉出噴墨印 墨用顏料及彩色濾光片用顏料。 就噴墨用印墨的著色劑而言,以往係使用染料,但是 因爲在耐水性或耐光性方面有問題,爲了改良此問題,已 逐漸改使用顏料。使用顏料印墨所得到的畫像與使用染料 系印墨所得到的畫像比較時,具有耐光性、耐水性優良的 長處。但是,因爲難以提局單分散性用以成爲能夠滲入紙 表面的空隙之奈米尺寸,所以對紙的黏附性差。 又’隨著數位相機的高像素化,希望CCD(電荷耦合元 件;Charge Coupled Device)傳感器等光學元件或顯示元件 所使用的彩色濾光片能夠薄層化。彩色濾光片係使用有機 顏料’因爲濾光片的厚度係相當依賴有機顏料的粒徑,所 W希望能夠製造一種奈米尺寸等級而且單分散且安定的微 粒子。 關於有機粒子的製法,有進行氣相法(在惰性氣體環境 200904907 下使試料昇華’在基板上回收粒子的方法)、液相法(例如, 藉由將溶解在良溶劑之試料,注入已控制攪拌條件或溫度 之弱溶劑’來得到微粒子之再沈澱法)、雷射燒蝕法(藉由 對分散在溶液中的試料,照射雷射來將其燒蝕,使粒子微 細化之方法)等硏究。又,有報告揭示藉由此等方法,來嘗 試製造希望尺寸且單分散化之製造例。特別是液相法,因 爲係簡易性及生產力優良的有機粒子的製法而受到注意 (參照專利文獻2、3 )。使用該液相法所製成的有機粒子, 藉由溶劑種類、注入速度、溫度等來調整析出條件,能夠 調整結晶形狀或粒子表面的性質,專利文獻3之記載,揭 示一種藉由弱溶劑種類來調整喹吖酮顏料的結晶形狀之例 子。 另一方面,從粒子的分散性改善而言,以往有機顏料 的分散在工業上係使用各種分散機(輥磨機、球磨機、立式 球磨機等)來進行,但是由於將粒子微細化,會有黏度過度 上升的情形。黏度上升時,會有從分散機取出困難、無法 使用管路輸送、進而在儲藏中凝膠化而無法使用之情形。 爲了解決此等問題,雖然進行添加幫助分散之分散劑、使 分散安定化之聚合物,但是無法得到充分的效果(參照非專 利文獻1等)。 又,彩色濾光片用之有機顏料分散液時,爲了提高其 分散性,添加能夠賦與彩色濾光片製造時所必要的鹼性顯 像性及分散安定性的兩性質之聚合物或顏料分散劑(例 如,參照專利文獻4)。但是,此等方法時,因爲分散花費 時間、而且黏度過度上升等,無法充份符合要求。 200904907 又’有報告揭示使用藉由前述液相法所調製而成的顏 料粒子’來改善分散性。例如專利文獻5之記載,揭示藉 由液相法來調製顏料粒子水分散體之例子。但是,此方法 所提供的方法最後的是水性分散體,對於提供作爲有機溶 劑分散體之方法,則完全未提及。 在專利文獻6記載一個例子,其係提供一種使用藉由 液相法所調製的顏料粒子作爲有機溶劑分散體。專利文獻 6的記載係揭示將顏料溶解在鹼性化合物及/或鹼性溶液 中’隨後藉由添加液體的中性化合物及/或酸性化合物、或 是中性液體及/或酸性液體,來使顏料析出的方法。但是, 該手法所得到的有機顏料粒子之一次粒徑大,無法充分回 應微粒子化的要求。 在前述液相法之調製奈米粒子,爲了防止奈米粒子的 凝集’係使用低分子界面活性劑或中性的水溶性非離子系 高分子化合物。因此,會有即便能夠以高濃度分散奈米粒 子,所使用的分助劑的必須大量之缺點,且在如噴墨之黏 度低且高分子化合物含有率極低之情況,直接應用該等技 術係困難的。而且,在調製水性的奈米粒子後爲了相轉移 成爲溶劑系之要求,已知有沖洗(flushing)法,係製造高濃 度地含有顏料之水性漿體或水性糊,並添加樹脂或樹脂溶 液’混合攪拌且使用樹脂或樹脂溶液來取代顏料周圍的水 分。但是’因爲該方法時水性粒子係一次經過堅強凝集而 成的形狀’會有以樹脂被覆的效率變差且再分散困難之問 題(例如’參照專利文獻7〜8等)。而且該此種手法時,爲 200904907 了製造水性糊雖然亦有在使水性的奈米顔料粒子暫時維持 一'次粒子、或是在使其凝集的狀氣下通過過據器過爐之方 法,但是會有過濾非常花費時間’在工業上非常沒有效率 且麻煩之問題。又,雖然能夠使用低分子的陰離子系或陽 離子系界面活性劑或分散劑’但是會有低分子引起分散安 定性不足之問題。因而,亦嘗試一種手法(例如,參照非專 利文獻2),係藉由陽離子性高分子化合物來使水性粒子不 通過過濾步驟而使其相轉換成爲離子性液體。但是,非專 利文獻2所記載之方法只限於低濃度的無機粒子,關於有 機顏料,在非專利文獻2並未提及,而且亦有最後分散介 質係不揮發性的離子性液體之情形,非專利文獻2所記載 之方法並不適合工業上使用。 [專利文獻1]特開平1 1 -23 7 7 60號公報 [專利文獻2]特開平6-79 1 6 8號公報 [專利文獻3]特開2004-9 1 5 6 0號公報 [專利文獻4]特開2000-239554號公報 [專利文獻5 ]特開2 0 0 4 - 4 3 7 7 6號公報 [專利文獻6]特開2004- 1 23 8 5 3號公報 [專利文獻7]特開平5 -3 0 1 0 3 7號公報 [專利文獻8]特開平6-161 154號公報 [非專利文獻1 ]顏料分散技術-表面處理及分散劑的 使用方法和分散性評價-技術資訊協會1999年 [非專利文獻2] 「small」,2 0 0 6年,第2卷、第7 期、第879-883頁 200904907 【發明內容】 [發明所欲解決之課題] 本發明係鑒於上述的課題而進行,其目的係提供一種 有機奈米顔料粒子非水性分散物的製法,該製法係相對於 將有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散物相轉換成爲有機奈米顏料 粒子非水性分散物時以沖洗爲代表之暫時製造水性糊的步 驟’亦即過濾器過濾等需要非常長時間之麻煩的步驟,使 有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散物中的奈米顏料粒子成爲能夠 容易過濾的凝集體,並將其離析且於非水性介質中再分 散’能夠效率良好地得到有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散 物。而且提供一種使用上述的有機奈米顏料粒子分散物而 成的著色感光性樹脂組成物及使用其所製造的彩色濾光 [解決課題之手段] 本發明等專心硏討的結果,發現藉由添加溶解有機低 分子化合物及有機高分子化合物而成的溶液,能夠使在水 性介質中分散的有機奈米顏料粒子凝集成爲容易過濾的凝 集體’並將該凝集體離析且於非水性介質中再分散,能夠 效率良好地得到有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散物。本發明 係基於如此的見識而完成。 本發明係依照以下手段而達成。 [1] 一種有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體的製法,其特徵係 藉由使至少1種分子量小於1 0 0 0的有機低分子化合物及至 少1種重量平均分子量1000以上的有機高分子化合物對分 200904907 散於水性介質中的有機奈米顏料粒子作用來使其凝 進行離析。 [2] 如[1]之有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體的製法, 由使用與前述水性介質中混合之溶劑來使前述有機 化合物及有機高分子化合物溶解,並添加至該水 中,來使分散於水性介質中之有機奈米顏料粒子凝 [3] 如[1]或[2]之有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體的$ 中前述離析係使用過濾來進行。 [4] 如[1]至[3]中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒子 的製法,其中含有至少除去剩餘的前述有機低分子 之步驟。 [5] 如[1]至[4]中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒子 的製法’其中分散於前述水性介質中的有機奈米顏 係混合溶解於良溶劑而成之有機顏料的溶液、和與 溶劑具相溶性且對前述有機顏料係弱溶劑之介質, 生成奈米尺寸的微粒子而得到。 [6] 如[1]至[5]中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒子 的製法,其中前述有機奈米顏料粒子的平均一次粒吞 奈米以下。 [7] 如Π]至[6]中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒子 的製法’其中前述凝集體的平均粒徑爲10000奈米 [8] —種有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散物的製 特徵係使如[1]至[7]中任一項之離析而成的有機奈 粒子凝集體在非水性介質中再分散而得到。 集後, 其中藉 低分子 性介質 集。 $法,其 凝集體 化合物 凝集體 料粒子 前述良 來使其 凝集體 1 爲 1〇〇 凝集體 以上。 法,其 米顏料 -11-200904907 IX. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] The invention relates to a method for preparing a non-aqueous dispersion of organic nanoparticles, which is obtained by converting an aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles into a non-aqueous medium. . More specifically, the present invention relates to a non-aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles which is an organic nano pigment particle in an aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles which has been previously difficult to filter, which is easily agglomerated. The body 'is isolated by a filtration operation and redispersed in a non-aqueous medium. [Prior Art] In recent years, efforts to reduce the size of particles have been progressing. In particular, it is difficult to produce a small size to a nanometer size (e.g., a range of 10 to 100 nm) using a pulverization method, a precipitation method, or the like, in progress. Further, attempts have been made to reduce the size to a nanometer size and to have a monodispersity (in the present invention, monodispersity means a degree of uniformity of particle diameter). Such nano-sized micro-particles are located between the larger total particles and the smaller molecules or atoms, and are unprecedented in size areas, and are pointed out to be able to perform unpredictable new characteristics. Moreover, if the monodispersity can be improved, the characteristics of the nanoparticle can be stabilized, and the possibility of such nanoparticles is expected in various fields, in biochemistry, novel materials, electronic components, A wide range of fields, such as light-emitting display elements, printing, and medical care, are actively being researched. In particular, organic nanoparticles composed of organic compounds have high potential as functional materials because of the diversity of organic compounds. For example, '200904907 is a widely used material because it has chemical and mechanical stability such as heat resistance, solvent resistance, and mechanical properties, and is excellent in electrical insulation. Further, the polyimine is finely divided and the properties and shapes of the combined polyimine are gradually being utilized in a wider range of fields. For example, there is a proposal (Patent Document 1) for the use of a micronized polyimine as an additive for a powder toner for image formation. Further, among the organic nanoparticles, examples of the organic pigment include coatings, printing inks, toners for electrophotography, inkjet inks, and color filters. These are now important compounds that are indispensable in life. Among them, those which require high performance and are particularly important in practical use are pigments for inkjet inks and pigments for color filters. In the case of a coloring agent for inkjet ink, a dye has been conventionally used, but since there is a problem in water resistance or light resistance, in order to improve this problem, a pigment has been gradually used. When the image obtained by using the pigment ink is compared with the image obtained by using the dye-based ink, the image has excellent light resistance and water resistance. However, since it is difficult to mention the monodispersity to be the nanometer size of the void which can penetrate the surface of the paper, the adhesion to paper is poor. Further, with the increase in the number of pixels of a digital camera, it is desirable that the color filter used for an optical element such as a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) sensor or a display element can be thinned. Color filters use organic pigments. Because the thickness of the filters is quite dependent on the particle size of the organic pigments, it is desirable to be able to produce microparticles of nanometer size and monodisperse and stable. Regarding the production method of the organic particles, there are a gas phase method (a method of sublimating a sample under an inert gas atmosphere of 200,904,907 to recover particles on a substrate), and a liquid phase method (for example, by injecting a sample dissolved in a good solvent, injection has been controlled). a weak solvent for stirring conditions or a temperature to obtain a microparticle reprecipitation method, a laser ablation method (a method of ablating a laser by irradiating a laser to a sample dispersed in a solution to make the particles finer) research. Further, there have been reports of attempts to produce a manufacturing example of a desired size and monodispersion by such methods. In particular, the liquid phase method has been paid attention to because it is a method for producing organic particles excellent in simplicity and productivity (see Patent Documents 2 and 3). The organic particles prepared by the liquid phase method can adjust the precipitation conditions by the solvent type, the injection rate, the temperature, etc., and can adjust the crystal shape or the surface properties of the particles. Patent Document 3 discloses a type of weak solvent. An example of adjusting the crystal shape of the quinacridone pigment. On the other hand, in order to improve the dispersibility of the particles, the dispersion of the organic pigment in the related art is carried out industrially using various dispersing machines (roll mill, ball mill, vertical ball mill, etc.), but since the particles are refined, there will be The situation where the viscosity is excessively rising. When the viscosity is increased, it may be difficult to take out from the dispersing machine, it may not be transported by a pipe, and it may be gelled during storage and cannot be used. In order to solve such problems, a polymer which is dispersed and stabilized by dispersing agents which are dispersed is provided, but sufficient effects cannot be obtained (see Non-Patent Document 1 and the like). Further, in the case of the organic pigment dispersion liquid for a color filter, in order to improve the dispersibility, a polymer or pigment which can impart both the basic development property and the dispersion stability required for the production of the color filter is added. A dispersing agent (for example, refer to Patent Document 4). However, in such methods, it is not possible to fully meet the requirements because the dispersion takes time and the viscosity excessively rises. 200904907 Further reports have been made to improve the dispersibility by using pigment particles prepared by the liquid phase method described above. For example, the description of Patent Document 5 discloses an example in which a pigment particle aqueous dispersion is prepared by a liquid phase method. However, the method provided by this method is, at the end, an aqueous dispersion, and there is no mention at all of the method of providing the dispersion as an organic solvent. Patent Document 6 describes an example in which a pigment particle prepared by a liquid phase method is used as an organic solvent dispersion. The description of Patent Document 6 discloses that a pigment is dissolved in a basic compound and/or an alkaline solution, and then a neutral compound and/or an acidic compound or a neutral liquid and/or an acidic liquid are added by adding a liquid. A method of pigment precipitation. However, the organic pigment particles obtained by this method have a large primary particle diameter and cannot sufficiently respond to the requirement of fine particles. In the above-described liquid phase method, the nanoparticles are prepared so that a low molecular surfactant or a neutral water-soluble nonionic polymer compound is used in order to prevent aggregation of the nanoparticles. Therefore, even if the nanoparticles can be dispersed at a high concentration, the sub-additives used must have a large number of disadvantages, and in the case where the viscosity of the inkjet is low and the polymer compound content is extremely low, the techniques are directly applied. It is difficult. Further, in order to prepare a solvent system for phase transfer after preparing aqueous nanoparticles, a flushing method is known in which an aqueous slurry or an aqueous paste containing a pigment at a high concentration is produced, and a resin or a resin solution is added. Mix and stir and use a resin or resin solution to replace the moisture around the pigment. However, the shape in which the aqueous particles are strongly agglomerated at one time in the present method has a problem that the efficiency of resin coating is deteriorated and redispersion is difficult (for example, 'see Patent Documents 7 to 8 and the like). In addition, in the case of such a method, the aqueous paste is manufactured by the method of using a water-based paste to temporarily maintain the aqueous pigment particles, or to pass through the reactor under the condition of agglomerating the aqueous particles. But there is a problem that filtering takes a lot of time 'very inefficient and troublesome in the industry. Further, although a low molecular anionic or cationic surfactant or a dispersing agent can be used, there is a problem that the low molecular weight causes insufficient dispersion stability. Therefore, a technique has also been attempted (for example, refer to Non-Patent Document 2) in which aqueous particles are converted into an ionic liquid by a cationic polymer compound without passing through a filtration step. However, the method described in Non-Patent Document 2 is limited to low-concentration inorganic particles, and the organic pigment is not mentioned in Non-Patent Document 2, and there is also a case where the final dispersion medium is a non-volatile ionic liquid, The method described in Patent Document 2 is not suitable for industrial use. [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. [Patent Document 5] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A No. 2000-239554 [Patent Document 5] JP-A-2004- 1 23 8 5 No. 3 [Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 6-161. [Non-Patent Document 1] Pigment Dispersion Technology - Surface Treatment and Dispersant Usage and Dispersibility Evaluation - Technical Information Association 1999 [Non-Patent Document 2] "small", 2006, Vol. 2, No. 7, pp. 879-883, pp. 200904907 [Disclosure] The present invention is directed to the above The object of the invention is to provide a method for preparing a non-aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles by rinsing relative to converting an aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles into a non-aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles. The step of temporarily producing a water-based paste for the representative', that is, a step that requires a very long time, such as filter filtration, The nano pigment particles in the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles are an aggregate that can be easily filtered, and are isolated and redispersed in a non-aqueous medium. The non-aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles can be efficiently obtained. . Further, a colored photosensitive resin composition obtained by using the above-described organic nano pigment particle dispersion and a color filter produced by the same are provided. [Means for Solving the Problem] The results of the present invention and the like are found to be added by A solution obtained by dissolving an organic low molecular compound and an organic polymer compound enables the organic nano pigment particles dispersed in an aqueous medium to be aggregated into an aggregate that is easy to filter 'separate the aggregate and redisperse it in a non-aqueous medium A non-aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles can be obtained efficiently. The present invention has been completed based on such knowledge. The present invention has been achieved in accordance with the following means. [1] A method for producing an organic nano pigment particle agglomerate, characterized in that at least one organic low molecular compound having a molecular weight of less than 100 and at least one organic polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more are halved 200904907 Organic nano pigment particles dispersed in an aqueous medium act to segregate. [2] The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle agglomerate according to [1], wherein the organic compound and the organic polymer compound are dissolved by using a solvent mixed with the aqueous medium, and added to the water to be dispersed The organic nano pigment particles in an aqueous medium are condensed [3]. The above-described segregation of the organic nanoparticle pigment aggregates of [1] or [2] is carried out by filtration. [4] The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle according to any one of [1] to [3], which comprises the step of removing at least the remaining organic low molecule. [5] The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle according to any one of [1] to [4] wherein the organic nano pigment dispersed in the aqueous medium is mixed with a solution of an organic pigment dissolved in a good solvent, It is obtained by forming a nanometer-sized fine particle with a solvent compatible with a solvent and a medium of the above organic pigment-based weak solvent. [6] The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle according to any one of [1] to [5] wherein the average organic pigment particle has an average primary particle size of less than or equal to nanometer. [7] The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle according to any one of [6], wherein the average particle diameter of the aforementioned aggregate is 10000 nm [8] - a non-aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles The feature is obtained by redispersing an organic neat particle agglomerate obtained by any one of [1] to [7] in a non-aqueous medium. After the collection, the low molecular media set is borrowed. $ method, its aggregate compound agglomerate particles, the above-mentioned good to make the aggregate 1 1 〇〇 aggregate above. Law, its rice pigment -11-

200904907 [9]如[1]至[8]中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒 分散物的製法,其中有機高分子化合物係下述 通式(14)所示, 通式(11) (前述通式(11)中,A1係表示具有選自酸性基、具 原子之基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧房 碳數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異 及羥基之基之1價的有機基、或是含有亦可具有 有機色料結構或是雜環之1價的有機基,η個A1 亦可以不同,R1係表示(m + n)價的連結基,m + n j) 10’ m係表示1〜8的整數,η係表示2〜9的整 表示單鍵或2價的連結基,ρ1係表示高分子殘基 通式(1 4) (+Z~G-J-)—Q—fR) v J\ (前述通式(14)中,G -係表示-cocr、-S03-、 -P(0)(0H)0·、或- 〇p(〇)(〇H)0·,J 係表示 2 價的 單鍵,Q係表示(m + 1)價的連結基,R係表示高f 殘基’ Z +係表示有機或無機陽離子,m + 1係表示 [1〇]如[9]之有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分 法’其中在非水性介質中將前述有機高分子化会 用作爲分散劑。 子非水性 式(11)或 有鹼性氮 :子之基、 氰酸酯基 取代基之 可以相同 $表示3〜 數,R2係 ) -0S03' ' 連結基或 子化合物 3 〜6) 〇 散物的製 物直接使 200904907 [11] 一種著色感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵係含有如 [9]或[10]之有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散物(或凝集體)、 黏合劑、單體或低聚物及光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系 之至少一種。 [12] —種彩色濾光片’其特徵係使用如[11]項之著色 感光性樹脂組成物而構成。 [發明之效果] 依照本發明的製法,能夠有效率地從有機奈米顏料粒 子水性分散物製造有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體。又,藉由使 用該有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體,能夠使其容易地在非水性 介質相轉換及解絮(再分散)成爲能夠以工業規模有效率地 製造有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散物。依照本發明的製 法’能夠以工業規模生產適合彩色濾光片塗布液或噴墨用 油墨之有機奈米顏料粒子分散物及其分散液。又,本發明 的有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散物具有優良的分散性、高 對比’使用其之彩色濾光片具有目標色純度及高對比。 【實施方式】 ’ 以下’說明本發明的有機奈米顏料粒子的製法。 [有機顏料] 使用本發明有機奈米顏料粒子的製法之有機顏料若是 以液相法能夠形成粒子者沒有特別限定,可以單獨或是複 數使用’亦可以是組合該等而成者。 有機顏料的色相未限定,可舉出例如茈、紫環酮 (peri none)、喹吖酮、喹吖酮醌、蒽醌、蒽酮垛蒽酮、苯并 -13- 200904907 咪哩酮、二重氮縮合、二重氮、偶氮、標準還原藍、酞菁、 三芳基碳鑰、二Df哄、胺基蒽醌、二氧代吡咯并吡咯、硫 靛藍、異吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮、吡蒽二酮(pyranthr〇n)或異 紫蒽酮化合物顏料、或其等的混合物等。 更詳細地’可舉出例如c · ;[•顏料紅丨9 〇 (c _ ;!.號碼 71140)、C.I.顏料紅 224(C.I.號碼 7ll27)、c.i.顏料紫 29(C.I. 號碼7 1 1 2 9)等茈化合物顏料;c . I.顏料橙4 3 (C . I.號碼 71105)、或C.I.顏料紅194(C.I.號碼71100)等紫環酮化合 物顏料;C.I.顏料紫19(C_I.號碼73900)、C.I.顏料紫42、 C.I.顏料紅 122(C_I.號碼 73915)、c.I.顏料紅 192、C.I.顔料 紅 202(C.I.號碼 73907)、C.I.顏料紅 2〇7(CI 號碼 739〇〇、 73906)、或C.I.顏料紅209(C.I.號碼73905)之喹吖酮化合 物顏料;C.I.顏料紅206(C.I.號碼739〇〇/73920)、C.I.顔料 橙 48(C.I.號碼 73900/73920)、或 c.I.顏料橙 49(C.I.號碼 73 900/73920)等喹吖酮醌化合物顏料;c.i.顏料黃mvc.;!. 號碼60645)等蒽醌化合物顏料;c.I.顏料紅168 (C.I.號碼 5 93 00)等蒽酮垛蒽酮化合物顏料;c.I.顏料棕25(0:·〗·號碼 12510)、C.I.顏料紫 32(C.I.號碼 12517)、C.I.顔料黃180((3.1· 號碼21290)、C.I.顏料黃181(C.I_號碼i1777)、c.I.顏料橙 62(C.I.號碼 11775)、或 C.I.顏料紅 185(c·〗.號碼 i25i6)等 苯并咪唑酮化合物顏料;C.I.顏料黃93(C I號碼207 1 0)、 C.I.顏料黃94(c.l.號碼20038)、C.I.顏料黃95(C.I.號碼 20034)、C.I·顏料寅 128(C.I.號碼 20037)、C.I.顏料黃 166(C.I.號碼 20035)、C.I.顏料撥 34(C.I_ 號碼 21115)、C_I. -14- 200904907 顏料橙 13(C.I.號碼 21 1 10)、C_I.顏料橙 3 1(CI.號碼 20050)、C.I.顏料紅 144(C.I.號碼 20735)、CI 顏料紅 166(C.I.號碼 2 0 73 0)、C.I.顏料紅 220(C.I·號碼 2〇〇55)、CI. 顏料紅 221(C_I.號碼 20065)、C.I_顏料紅 242(C I號碼 200 67)、C.I.顏料紅248、C.I.顏料紅262、或c丄顏料綜 23(C.I_號碼20060)等二重氮縮合化合物顏料;cj.顏料黃 13(C.I·號碼 21100)、C.I.顏料黃 83(C.I.號碼 211〇8)、或 c 丄 顏料黃188(C.I_號碼21094)等二重氮化合物顏料;c·〗.顏料 紅 187(C_I.號碼 12486)、C.I.顏料紅 170(C.I·號碼 12475)、 C.I·顏料黃74(C.I.號碼11714)、C.I.顏料黃15〇(CI.號碼 4 8545)'C.I.顏料紅 48(C.I.號碼 1 5 86 5 )、C.I.顏料紅”((:丄 號碼15585)、C.I.顏料橙64(C.I.號碼12760)、或c.〗.顏料 紅 247(C.I_號碼15915)等偶氮化合物顏料;CI.顔料藍 60(C.I.號碼69800)等標準還原藍化合物顏料;c.I.顏料綠 7(C.I.號碼 74260)、綠 36(C.I.號碼 7426 5 )、綠 37(^•號碼 742 5 5)、C_I.顏料藍 16(C.I.號碼 74 1 00)、C_I.顔料藍 號碼 74160: 2)、C.I.顏料藍 15: 6(C.I.號碼 74160)、或 C.I. 顏料藍15: 3(C.I.號碼74160)等酞菁化合物顔料;c.I.顔料 藍 56(C.I.號碼 42800)、或 C.I.顏料藍 61(C.I.號碼 42765: 1)等三芳基碳鑰化合物顏料;C.I.顏料紫 23(^.號碼 51319)、或C.I.顏料紫37(C.I.號碼51345)等二噚阱化合物 顏料;C.I.顏料紅177(C.I.號碼6 5 3 0 0)等胺基蒽醌化合物顏 料;C.I.顏料紅 254(C.I.號碼 56110)、C.I.顏料紅 255(C.I. 號碼5610150)、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I_顏料紅272 (C.I.號碼 200904907 S61150)、C.I·顏料橙、或C I顏料橙73等二氧代吡咯 并吡略化口物顏料;C.1·顏料紅88(c.l_號碼73312)等硫靛 藍化合物顏料;.顏料黃139(c丨·號碼5 62 9 8)、c i.顏料 橙66(C.I.號碼482 1 〇)等異吲哚啉化合物顏料;c丨·顏料黃 l〇9(C.I.號碼 56248)、CI.顏料黃 185(ci 號碼 5 629〇)、或 C.I.顏料橙61(^.號碼1 1 2 95 )等異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料; C.I.顏料橙40(0:」.號碼5 97〇〇)、或CI•顏料紅216(c」號 碼5 97 1 0)、等吡蒽二酮(pyranthr〇n) ; c丄顏料黃丨3 8(c丄 戚碼59710)等嗤琳黃系顏料、或c.i·顏料紫31(CI號碼 60 0 1 0)等異紫蒽酮化合物顏料。其中以喹吖酮化合物顏 料、二氧代吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料、二噚阱化合物顏料、 酞菁化合物顏料、或偶氮化合物顏料爲佳,以二氧代吡咯 并吡咯化合物顏料、二嗶畊化合物顏料爲更佳。 因爲以C.I.P.R.254、255、264爲代表之吡咯并吡咯化 合物顏料具有適合用以提高構成彩色濾光片的紅像素色純 度之吸收區域,能夠擴大色再現區域,正嘗試將其利用於 彩色濾光片。然而’先前的顏料係無法適應色純度或對比 的要求。例如特開2003-3 3 600 1號公報所記載之噴墨用印 墨、藉由珠粒分散或鹽磨法之方法所得到者,並無法得到 良好的彩色濾光片。 依照本發明之製法’能夠以粒徑分布尖銳的狀態得到 奈米尺寸的二氧代吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料微粒子。又,將 該顏料微粒子使用於彩色濾光片時,能夠兼顧需要的色純 度及高對比,而且耐光性優良、且能夠抑制產生析出物。 -16- 200904907 在本發明’亦能夠組合使用2種類以上的有機顏料或 有機顏料的固溶體。 [有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液的調製] 接著’說明有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液的調製。 在本發明’有機奈米顏料粒子係藉由混合將有機顏料 溶解在良溶劑而成的有機顏料溶液、與對前述良溶劑具有 相溶性且對有機顏料係弱溶劑之溶劑(以下,亦有將該溶劑 稱爲「有機顏料的弱溶劑」或簡稱「弱溶劑」等之情形)來 生成(以下’亦有將該方法稱爲「再沈法」,將此時所得到 之含有機奈米顏料粒子的分散液稱爲「有機微粒子再沈液」 之情形)。 有機顏料的弱溶劑若是能夠與溶解有機顏料之良溶劑 相溶或是均勻地混合時’沒有特別限定。有機顏料的弱溶 劑係以有機顏料的溶解度爲0 · 0 2質量%以下爲佳,以〇 . 〇 1 質量%以下爲更佳。有機顏料在弱溶劑中的溶解度沒有特 別的下限,若考慮通常所使用的有機顏料時,以0.0 0000 1 質量%以上爲實際。該溶解度亦可以是在酸或鹼的存在下 溶解時之溶解度。又,良溶劑與弱溶劑的相溶性或均勻混 合性係良溶劑在弱溶劑中的溶解量以3 0質量%以上爲佳, 以5 0質量%以上爲更佳。良溶劑在弱溶劑中的溶解量沒有 特別的上限,以任意比例混合爲實際。 弱溶劑若是水性介質時沒有特別限制,可舉出例如水 性溶劑(例如水' 或鹽酸 '氫氧化鈉水溶液)、醇化合物溶 劑、酮化合物溶劑、醚化合物溶劑、芳香族化合物溶劑、 -17- 200904907 二硫化碳溶劑、脂肪族化合物溶劑、腈化合物溶劑、鹵素 化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、離子性液體及此等的混合溶 劑等,以水性溶劑、醇化合物溶劑、酮化合物溶劑、醚化 合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、或是此等的混合物爲佳,以水 性溶劑、醇化合物溶劑、或酯化合物溶劑爲更佳。 醇化合物溶劑可舉出例如甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、正丙 醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等。嗣化合物溶劑可舉出例如丙酮、 甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮及環己酮。醚化合物溶劑可舉 出例如二甲基醚、二乙基醚、四氫呋喃等。芳香族化合物 溶劑可舉出例如苯、甲苯等。脂肪族化合物溶劑可舉出例 如己烷等。腈化合物溶劑可舉出例如乙腈等。鹵素化合物 溶劑可舉出例如二氯甲烷、三氯乙烯等。酯化合物溶劑可 舉出例如乙酸乙酯等、乳酸乙酯、乙酸2-(卜甲氧基)丙酯 等。離子性液體可舉出例如1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鑰與PF6· 的鹽等。 接著,說明溶解有機顏料之良溶劑。 良溶劑係若是能夠溶解所使用的有機顏料、且與前述 弱溶劑相溶或均勻混合之物時沒有特別限定。有機顏料在 良溶劑中的溶解性,係有機顏料的溶解度以〇·2質量%以上 爲佳,以0 · 5質量%以上爲更佳。有機顏料在良溶劑中的溶 解度沒有特別的上限,若考慮通常所使用的有機顏料時, 以50質量%以下爲實際。該溶解度亦可以是在酸或鹼的存 在下溶解時之溶解度。弱溶劑與良溶劑的相溶性或均勻混 合性之較佳範圍係如前述。 -18- 200904907 良溶劑可舉出例如水性溶劑(例如,水、或鹽酸、氫氧 化鈉水溶液)、醇化合物溶劑、醯胺化合物溶劑、酮化合物 溶劑、醚化合物溶劑、芳香族化合物溶劑、二硫化碳溶劑、 脂肪族化合物溶劑、腈化合物溶劑、亞颯化合物溶劑、鹵 素化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、離子性液體、羧酸化合物、 磺酸化合物、硫酸及此等的混合溶劑等,以水性溶劑、醇 化合物溶劑、酮化合物溶劑、醚化合物溶劑、亞砸化合物 溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、醯胺化合物溶劑、羧酸化合物、磺 酸化合物、硫酸或此等的混合溶劑爲佳,以水性溶劑、醇 化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、亞碾化合物溶劑、醯胺化合 物溶劑、羧酸化合物、磺酸化合物、硫酸爲更佳,以亞楓 化合物溶劑、醯胺化合物溶劑、羧酸化合物、磺酸化合物、 硫酸爲特佳。 亞颯化合物溶劑可舉出例如二甲基亞颯、二乙基亞 颯、六亞甲基亞颯、環丁硼等。醯胺化合物溶劑可舉出例 如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、2-吡咯啶酮、 1,3 -二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、2 -吡咯啶酮、ε -己內醯胺、甲醯 胺、Ν-甲基甲醯胺、乙醯胺、Ν-甲基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基 乙醯胺、Ν-甲基丙醯胺、六甲基磷三醯胺等。 某一種溶劑係良溶劑或是弱溶劑係取決於對象之有機 _料的種類。在本發明,對某一種有機顏料,良溶劑與弱 溶劑不會是同一化合物。 又,溶解有機顏料在良溶劑而成之有機顏料溶液的濃 度,以在溶解時的條件下有機顏料在良溶劑中的飽和濃度 -19- 200904907 至該飽和濃度的1 /1 〇 〇濃度左右的範圍爲佳。 有機顏料溶液的調製條件沒有特別限制,能夠在常壓 至亞臨界、超臨界條件的範圍選擇。在常壓的溫度以-10〜 150°C爲佳,以-5〜130°C爲更佳,以0〜100°C爲特佳。 在本發明之有機顏料,必須能夠均勻地溶解在良溶劑 中,若酸性或鹼性都能溶解時亦佳。通常在分子內具有能 夠藉由鹼性解離的基之顏料時係使用鹼性,而分子內未存 在有能夠藉由鹼性解離的基、但具有大量容易加添質子的 氮原子時係使用酸性。例如,喹吖酮、二氧代吡咯并吡咯、 二重氮縮合化合物顏料係能夠使用鹼性加以溶解,而酞菁 化合物顏料係能夠使用酸性加以溶解。 使用鹼性加以溶解時所使用的鹼有氫氧化鋰、氫氧化 鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈣、或是氫氧化鋇等的無機鹼、或 三烷基胺、二氮雜雙環十一烯(DBU)、金屬烷氧化物等有機 鹼,以無機鹼爲佳。 所使用鹼的量係能夠均勻地溶解顏料之量,沒有特別 限定,無機鹼時相對於有機材料以1.0〜30莫耳當量爲佳, 以1.0〜25莫耳當量爲較佳,以1.0〜20莫耳當量爲更佳。 有機鹼時相對於有機材料以1. 〇〜1 〇 〇莫耳當量爲佳,以5.0 〜100莫耳當量爲較佳,以20〜100莫耳當量爲更佳。 使用酸性加以溶解時所使用的酸有硫酸、鹽酸、或磷 酸等無機酸,或乙酸、三氟乙酸、草酸、甲磺酸、或三氟 甲磺酸等有機酸,以無機酸爲佳。以硫酸爲特佳。 所使用酸的量係能夠均勻地溶解顏料之量,沒有特別 -20- 200904907 限定’與驗比較時多半情況係過剩量使用。相對於有機材 料’不管無機酸及有機酸都是以3〜5〇〇莫耳當量爲佳,以 10〜500莫耳當量爲較佳,以30〜200莫耳當量爲更佳。 將鹼或酸與有機溶劑混合,來使用作爲有機顏料的良 溶劑時’爲了使鹼或酸完全地溶解,可以在有機溶劑中添 加若干的水或低級醇等對鹼或酸具有高溶解度的溶劑。相 對於有機材料溶液總量,水或低級醇的量以5 0質量%以下 爲佳’以3 0質量%以下爲更佳。具體上能夠使用水、甲醇、 乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇及丁醇等。 製造有機粒子時,亦即使有機,粒子析出,形成時之 弱溶劑的條件沒有特別限制,能夠選擇常壓至亞臨界、超 臨界條件的範圍。在常壓時的溫度以-3 0〜1 0 0 °C爲佳,以 -1 0〜6 0 °c爲更佳,以0〜3 0 °c爲特佳。 有機顏料溶液與弱溶劑的混合方法沒有特別限定,以 將有機顔料溶液添加在弱溶劑而混合爲佳,此時以對弱溶 劑進行攪拌之狀態爲佳。攪拌速度以1〇〇〜1〇〇〇 〇rPm爲 佳,以150〜8000 rpm爲更佳,以200〜6000 rpm爲特佳。 添加時可使用泵等,亦可不使用。又’可在液中添加亦可 以在液外添加,以液中添加爲較佳。有機顏料溶液與弱溶 劑的混合比(有機奈米顏料粒子再沈液中的良溶劑/弱溶劑 比),係體積比以1/5〇〜2/3爲佳’以1M0〜1/2爲更佳’ 以1/20〜3/8爲特佳。在本發明’有機奈米顏料粒子係首 先分散於水性介質中者’此時的水性介質係含有至少60質 量%上述的水性溶劑者’以含有8 0質量%以上者爲佳。 200904907 若能夠生成有機奈米顏料粒子時,有機奈米顏料粒子 再沈液的濃度沒有特別限制,相對於水性介質1 〇 〇 〇毫升, 有機顏料粒子以10〜40000毫克的範圍爲佳,以20〜30000 毫克的範圍爲更佳’以5〇〜25000毫克的範圍爲特佳。 又’生成有機奈米顏料粒子時之調製規模沒有特別限 定,以弱溶劑的混合量爲1〜1 00 0公升之調製規模爲佳, 以1〜1 0 0公升之調製規模爲更佳。 關於有機奈米顏料粒子的粒徑,有藉由計測法加以數 値化,來表現集團的平均粒徑之方法,常用的有顯示分布 最大値之粒徑、相當積分分布曲線的中央値之中値粒徑、 各種平均粒徑(數量平均、長度平均、面積平均、質量平均、 體積平均等)等’在本發明,若未預先告知時,平均粒徑係 指數量平均粒徑。有機奈米顏料粒子(一次粒子)的平均粒 徑係奈米尺寸,平均粒徑以1奈米〜1微米爲佳,以1〜2 0 0 奈米爲較佳,以2〜100奈米爲更佳,以5〜80奈米爲特佳。 又,使用本發明的製法所形成的粒子可以是結晶質粒子亦 可以是非晶質粒子,或是其等之混合物。 又,在本發明,若未預先告知時,係使用體積平均粒 徑(Mv)與數量平均粒徑(Μη)的比(Μν/Μ η)作爲表示粒子的 單分散性指標。有機奈米顏料粒子的濃縮方法中所使用的 有機奈米顏料粒子分散液中所含有的粒子(一次粒子)的單 分散性、亦即Μν/Μ η以1.0〜2.0爲佳’以1·〇〜1.8爲更 佳,以1 · 0〜1 · 5爲特佳。 有機奈米顏料粒子的粒徑之測定方法可舉出顯微鏡 -22 - 200904907 法、重量法'光散射法、光隔離法、電阻法、音響法、動 態光散射法,以顯微鏡法、動態光散射法爲特佳。使用顯 微鏡法之顯微鏡,可舉出例如掃描型電子顯微鏡、透射型 電子顯微鏡等。藉由動態光散射法之粒子測定裝置可舉出 例如日機裝公司製NANOTRACK UPA-EX150、大塚電子公 司製動態光散射光度計D L S - 7 0 0 0系列及堀場製作所公司 製LB-400等(任一者都是商品名)。 調製有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液時,以含有分散劑 (以下,稱爲水性分散液的分散劑)爲佳。含有分散劑之步 驟沒有特別限定’以在有機顏料溶液及弱溶劑的雙方或一 方添加分散劑爲佳。又,將分散劑溶劑藉由與上述兩液另 外的系統於有機奈米顏料粒子形成時添加亦佳。使用預先 藉由分散劑施加表面處理過的顏料粒子亦佳。亦可對顏料 粉子施加能夠促進對分散劑的吸附之表面處理。分散劑係 (1)迅速地吸附在析出的顏料表面,來形成微細的奈米粒 子,且(2)具有防止該等粒子再次凝集之作用。 能夠使用的分散劑可使用例如陰離子性、陽離子性、 雙離子性、非離子性或顏料衍生物的低分子或高分子分散 劑。又,低分子或高分子分散劑的添加量係相對於所溶解 的顏料以1 〇質量%以上1 00質量%以下爲佳。以50質量% 以上200質量%以下爲更佳。該添加量太少時,會有抑制 顏料粒子的成長及凝集之效果減少之情形,太多時會有產 生黏度上升、溶解不良等問題之情形。 以下,說明高分子分散劑。 -23 - 200904907 高分子分散劑的分子量係數量平均分子量以1,000以 上、200,000以下爲佳,以3,000以上、40,000以下爲更佳。 該分子量太小時會有抑制顏料粒子的成長及凝集之效果小 之情形,太大時會有產生黏度上升、溶解不良等問題之情 形。又,在本發明,高分子係指數量平均分子量爲10 00以 上者。 高分子分散劑具體上非離子性者可舉出聚乙烯基吡咯 啶酮、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲基醚、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、 聚丙烯醯胺、乙烯醇-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、聚乙烯醇-部分 甲縮醛化物、聚乙烯醇-部分丁縮醛化物、乙烯基吡咯啶酮 -乙酸乙烯酯共聚物及聚環氧乙烷/環氧丙烷嵌段共聚物 等,其中以聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮爲佳。 陰離子性者可舉出聚丙烯酸鹽、聚乙烯硫酸鹽、聚(4-乙烯吡啶)鹽、聚醯胺、聚烯丙基胺鹽、聚苯磺酸鹽、縮合 萘磺酸鹽、纖維素衍生物及澱粉衍生物等。其中以聚苯磺 酸鹽、縮合萘磺酸鹽爲更佳。 此等陰離子性者能夠藉由與陰離子性的單體共聚合而 得到,不只是陰離子性單體本身,亦可以是與非離子性的 單體共聚合而成者。非離子性的單體具體上可舉出乙烯基 吡咯啶酮、苯乙烯、萘、苯乙烯基甲基吡咯啶酮、乙烯基 咪唑、乙烯基吡啶、丙烯醯胺及乙烯基醯胺等。 陽離子性者係以4級銨部位之高分子化合物爲特佳, 可舉出例如聚(甲基丙烯醯氧基烷基銨鹽)、聚(甲基丙烯醯 氧基芳基銨鹽)、聚(丙烯醯氧基烷基銨鹽)、聚(丙烯醯氧基 200904907 芳基銨鹽)及聚(二燦丙基鞍鹽)等’具有4級銨部位之高分 子化合物係以下式通式(1 )所示之具有陽離子性重複單位 之高分子化合物爲佳。 通式(1)[9] The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle dispersion according to any one of [1] to [8] wherein the organic polymer compound is represented by the following formula (14), and the formula (11) (the aforementioned In the formula (11), A1 represents a hydrocarbon group selected from an acidic group, an atom-containing group, a urea group, a urethane group, a coordinating oxygen house carbon number of 4 or more, or an alkoxyalkyl group. The monovalent organic group of the epoxy group, the hetero- and hydroxy group, or the monovalent organic group which may have an organic colorant structure or a heterocyclic ring, and η A1 may also be different, and R1 represents (m + n) a linking group of valences, m + nj) 10' m represents an integer of 1 to 8, and η represents a single bond or a divalent bond of 2 to 9, and ρ1 represents a polymer residue formula ( 1 4) (+Z~GJ-)—Q—fR) v J\ (In the above formula (14), G - means -cocr, -S03-, -P(0)(0H)0·, or - 〇p(〇)(〇H)0·, J represents a two-valent single bond, Q represents a (m + 1) valent linkage, and R represents a high f residue ' Z + represents organic or inorganic a cation, m + 1 system means [1〇] such as [9] organic nano pigment particles non-aqueous fractionation ' The above-mentioned organic macromolecularization is used as a dispersing agent in a non-aqueous medium. The non-aqueous formula (11) or the basic nitrogen-based group, the cyanate-based substituent may be the same as $3, R2 )) -0S03' 'linked group or sub-compounds 3 to 6) The material of the sputum is directly made to 200904907 [11] A colored photosensitive resin composition characterized by containing organic nemesis such as [9] or [10] At least one of a non-aqueous dispersion (or aggregate) of a rice pigment particle, a binder, a monomer or oligomer, and a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator. [12] A color filter ' is characterized in that it is formed using the colored photosensitive resin composition of the item [11]. [Effects of the Invention] According to the production method of the present invention, organic nano pigment particle aggregates can be efficiently produced from an aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles. Further, by using the organic nano pigment particle agglomerate, it is possible to easily convert and deflocate (re-disperse) the non-aqueous medium phase to efficiently produce an organic nano pigment particle non-aqueous dispersion on an industrial scale. . The process according to the present invention can produce an organic nanoparticle particle dispersion suitable for a color filter coating liquid or an inkjet ink and a dispersion thereof on an industrial scale. Further, the non-aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles of the present invention has excellent dispersibility and high contrast. The color filter using the same has a target color purity and high contrast. [Embodiment] The following describes the preparation of the organic nano pigment particles of the present invention. [Organic Pigment] The organic pigment which is produced by the method of producing the organic nano pigment particles of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can form particles by a liquid phase method, and may be used singly or in combination. The hue of the organic pigment is not limited, and examples thereof include hydrazine, peri none, quinacridone, quinophthalone oxime, hydrazine, fluorenone ketone, benzo-13-200904907 imipenone, and Diazo condensation, diazo, azo, standard reduction blue, phthalocyanine, triarylcarbyl, di Df, amino oxime, dioxopyrrolopyrrole, thioindigo, isoporphyrin, isoindole a ketone ketone, a pyridhen fluorenone or an isopurinone compound pigment, or a mixture thereof or the like. More details 'for example, c · ; [• pigment red 丨 9 〇 (c _ ;!. number 71140), CI pigment red 224 (CI number 7ll27), ci pigment purple 29 (CI number 7 1 1 2 9 ) 茈 compound pigment; c. I. Pigment orange 4 3 (C. I. No. 71105), or CI Pigment Red 194 (CI number 71100) and other purple ketone compound pigment; CI Pigment Violet 19 (C_I. No. 73900) , CI Pigment Violet 42, CI Pigment Red 122 (C_I. No. 73915), cI Pigment Red 192, CI Pigment Red 202 (CI No. 73907), CI Pigment Red 2〇7 (CI No. 739〇〇, 73906), or CI Pigment Red 209 (CI number 73905) quinophthalone compound pigment; CI Pigment Red 206 (CI number 739〇〇/73920), CI Pigment Orange 48 (CI number 73900/73920), or cI Pigment Orange 49 (CI number 73 900/73920) isoquinone oxime compound pigment; ci pigment yellow mvc.;!. No. 60645) 蒽醌 compound pigment; cI pigment red 168 (CI number 5 93 00) and other fluorenone oxime compound pigment; cI Pigment Brown 25 (0:···Number 12510), CI Pigment Violet 32 (CI number 12517), CI Pigment Yellow 180 ((3.1· No. 21290), CI Pigment Yellow Benzimidazolone compound pigment such as 181 (C.I_number i1777), cI pigment orange 62 (CI number 11775), or CI Pigment Red 185 (c·. number i25i6); CI Pigment Yellow 93 (CI number 207 1 0), CI Pigment Yellow 94 (cl number 20048), CI Pigment Yellow 95 (CI number 20034), CI·Pigment 寅 128 (CI number 20037), CI Pigment Yellow 166 (CI number 20035), CI Pigment Dial 34 (C .I_ No. 21115), C_I. -14- 200904907 Pigment Orange 13 (CI number 21 1 10), C_I. Pigment Orange 3 1 (CI. No. 20050), CI Pigment Red 144 (CI number 20735), CI Pigment Red 166 (CI number 2 0 73 0), CI Pigment Red 220 (CI number 2〇〇55), CI. Pigment Red 221 (C_I. No. 20065), C.I_Pigment Red 242 (CI number 200 67), CI Diuretic condensation compound pigment such as Pigment Red 248, CI Pigment Red 262, or c丄 Pigment 23 (C.I_No. 20060); cj. Pigment Yellow 13 (CI·No. 21100), CI Pigment Yellow 83 (CI Number) 211〇8), or c 丄Pigment Yellow 188 (C.I_No. 21094) and other diazo compound pigments; c·〗. Pigment Red 187 (C_I. No. 12486), CI Pigment Red 170 (CI·No. 12475) , CI·Pigment 74 (CI number 11714), CI Pigment Yellow 15〇 (CI. No. 4 8545) 'CI Pigment Red 48 (CI number 1 5 86 5 ), CI Pigment Red ((: 丄 number 15585), CI Pigment Orange 64 ( CI number 12760), or c.〗. Pigment red 247 (C.I_ number 15915) and other azo compound pigments; CI. Pigment blue 60 (CI number 69800) and other standard reduced blue compound pigment; cI pigment green 7 (CI No. 74260), Green 36 (CI number 7426 5 ), Green 37 (^• number 742 5 5), C_I. Pigment Blue 16 (CI number 74 1 00), C_I. Pigment Blue No. 74160: 2), CI Pigment Blue 15: 6 (CI number 74160), or phthalocyanine compound pigment such as CI Pigment Blue 15: 3 (CI number 74160); cI Pigment Blue 56 (CI number 42800), or CI Pigment Blue 61 (CI number 42765: 1), etc. Triarylcarbane compound pigment; CI pigment violet 23 (^. number 51319), or CI pigment violet 37 (CI number 51345) and other diterpenoid compound pigment; CI pigment red 177 (CI number 6 5 3 0 0) and other amines Base compound pigment; CI Pigment Red 254 (CI number 56110), CI Pigment Red 255 (CI number 5610150), CI Pigment Red 264, C.I_Pigment Red 272 (CI number 200904907 S61150), CI·Pigment Orange, or CI Pigment Orange 73 and other dioxopyrrolopyrrole pigments; C.1·Pigment Red 88 (c.l_number 73312) and other sulfur indigo compound pigments; Yellow 139 (c丨·number 5 62 9 8), c i. Pigment orange 66 (CI number 482 1 〇) and other isoporphyrin compound pigments; c丨·Pigment Yellow l〇9 (CI number 56248), CI. Pigment yellow 185 (ci number 5 629 〇), or CI pigment orange 61 (^. number 1 1 2 95) and other isoindolinone compound pigments; CI Pigment Orange 40 (0:". No. 5 97 〇〇), Or CI•Pigment Red 216 (c) number 5 97 1 0), etc. pyridindione (pyranthr〇n); c丄 pigment astragalus 3 8 (c丄戚59710) and other 嗤琳黄-based pigments, or ci • Isopurinone pigment such as Pigment Violet 31 (CI number 60 0 1 0). Among them, a quinophthalone compound pigment, a dioxopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment, a diterpene compound pigment, a phthalocyanine compound pigment, or an azo compound pigment is preferred, and a dioxopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment and a diterpene compound are used. The pigment is better. Since the pyrrolopyrrole compound pigment represented by CIPR254, 255, and 264 has an absorption region suitable for improving the purity of the red pixel color constituting the color filter, the color reproduction region can be enlarged, and it is attempting to utilize it for color filter. sheet. However, the previous pigments were unable to meet the requirements of color purity or contrast. For example, the ink for inkjet described in JP-A-2003-3 36001, which is obtained by a method of bead dispersion or salt milling, does not provide a good color filter. According to the process of the present invention, nanometer-sized dioxopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment fine particles can be obtained in a state in which the particle size distribution is sharp. Further, when the pigment fine particles are used in a color filter, the required color purity and high contrast can be achieved, and the light resistance is excellent, and the occurrence of precipitates can be suppressed. -16- 200904907 In the present invention, it is also possible to use a solid solution of two or more kinds of organic pigments or organic pigments in combination. [Preparation of aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles] Next, the preparation of an aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles will be described. In the 'organic nano pigment particle of the present invention, an organic pigment solution obtained by dissolving an organic pigment in a good solvent, and a solvent compatible with the above-mentioned good solvent and a weak solvent for an organic pigment (hereinafter, This solvent is called "a weak solvent of an organic pigment" or a case of a "weak solvent" (hereinafter referred to as a "weak solvent") (the following 'this method is also called a "re-precipitation method", and the machine-containing nano pigment obtained at this time is obtained. The dispersion of particles is referred to as "organic microparticle re-sinking". The weak solvent of the organic pigment is not particularly limited as long as it can be dissolved or uniformly mixed with a good solvent for dissolving the organic pigment. The weak solvent of the organic pigment is preferably 0. 02% by mass or less, more preferably 〇.% by mass or less. There is no particular lower limit for the solubility of the organic pigment in a weak solvent, and in consideration of the organic pigment generally used, it is practically 0.00000% by mass or more. The solubility may also be the solubility when dissolved in the presence of an acid or a base. Further, the compatibility or uniformity of the good solvent and the weak solvent is preferably 30% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the amount of the solvent dissolved in the weak solvent. There is no particular upper limit for the amount of good solvent to be dissolved in a weak solvent, and mixing in any ratio is practical. The weak solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an aqueous medium, and examples thereof include an aqueous solvent (for example, water 'or hydrochloric acid 'aqueous sodium hydroxide solution), an alcohol compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, and an aromatic compound solvent, -17-200904907 Carbon disulfide solvent, aliphatic compound solvent, nitrile compound solvent, halogen compound solvent, ester compound solvent, ionic liquid, mixed solvent thereof, etc., as aqueous solvent, alcohol compound solvent, ketone compound solvent, ether compound solvent, ester compound solvent Or a mixture of these is preferable, and an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, or an ester compound solvent is more preferable. The alcohol compound solvent may, for example, be methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol or 1-methoxy-2-propanol. The hydrazine compound solvent may, for example, be acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone or cyclohexanone. The ether compound solvent may, for example, be dimethyl ether, diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran. Examples of the aromatic compound solvent include benzene, toluene, and the like. The aliphatic compound solvent may, for example, be hexane or the like. The nitrile compound solvent may, for example, be acetonitrile or the like. The halogen compound solvent may, for example, be dichloromethane or trichloroethylene. The ester compound solvent may, for example, be ethyl acetate or the like, ethyl lactate or 2-(b-methoxy)propyl acetate. Examples of the ionic liquid include a salt of 1-butyl-3-methylimidazole and PF6·. Next, a good solvent for dissolving the organic pigment will be described. The good solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the organic pigment to be used and is compatible or uniformly mixed with the above-mentioned weak solvent. The solubility of the organic pigment in a good solvent is preferably 2% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. There is no particular upper limit on the solubility of the organic pigment in a good solvent. When considering an organic pigment which is usually used, it is practically 50% by mass or less. The solubility may also be the solubility when dissolved in the presence of an acid or a base. The preferred range of compatibility or uniformity of the weak solvent with the good solvent is as described above. -18- 200904907 The good solvent may, for example, be an aqueous solvent (for example, water or hydrochloric acid, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution), an alcohol compound solvent, a guanamine compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, an aromatic solvent, or a carbon disulfide solvent. , an aliphatic solvent, a nitrile solvent, an anthraquinone solvent, a halogen compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, an ionic liquid, a carboxylic acid compound, a sulfonic acid compound, sulfuric acid, and the like, and an aqueous solvent or an alcohol compound a solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, an anthraquinone compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, a guanamine compound solvent, a carboxylic acid compound, a sulfonic acid compound, sulfuric acid or a mixed solvent thereof, preferably an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, or the like The ester compound solvent, the sub-grinding compound solvent, the guanamine compound solvent, the carboxylic acid compound, the sulfonic acid compound, and the sulfuric acid are more preferable, and the Yafeng compound solvent, the guanamine compound solvent, the carboxylic acid compound, the sulfonic acid compound, and the sulfuric acid are particularly preferable. . The solvent of the hydrazine compound may, for example, be dimethyl hydrazine, diethyl hydrazine, hexamethylene fluorene or cyclobutyl boron. The guanamine compound solvent may, for example, be N,N-dimethylformamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidone or 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone. 2-pyrrolidone, ε-caprolactam, formamide, Ν-methylformamide, acetamide, Ν-methylacetamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylacetamide, hydrazine- Methyl acrylamide, hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, and the like. A solvent is a good solvent or a weak solvent depending on the type of organic material to be used. In the present invention, for a certain organic pigment, the good solvent and the weak solvent are not the same compound. Further, the concentration of the organic pigment solution obtained by dissolving the organic pigment in a good solvent is such that the saturated concentration of the organic pigment in the good solvent is -19-200904907 to a concentration of 1 / 1 〇〇 of the saturated concentration under the condition of dissolution. The range is good. The preparation conditions of the organic pigment solution are not particularly limited, and can be selected from the range of normal pressure to subcritical and supercritical conditions. The temperature at normal pressure is preferably -10 to 150 ° C, more preferably -5 to 130 ° C, and particularly preferably 0 to 100 ° C. The organic pigment of the present invention must be capable of being uniformly dissolved in a good solvent, and it is also preferable if it is soluble in acid or alkali. Usually, when a pigment having a group which can be largely dissociated in a molecule is used, basicity is used, and when a group which can be dissociated by alkali is not present in the molecule, but a large amount of nitrogen atom which easily adds a proton is used, acidity is used. . For example, quinophthalone, dioxopyrrolopyrrole, and a diazo condensed compound pigment can be dissolved using alkali, and a phthalocyanine compound pigment can be dissolved using an acid. The base used for dissolving with alkaline is an inorganic base such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide or barium hydroxide, or a trialkylamine or diazabicycloundecene. An organic base such as (DBU) or a metal alkoxide is preferably an inorganic base. The amount of the base to be used is such that the amount of the pigment can be uniformly dissolved, and is not particularly limited. The inorganic base is preferably 1.0 to 30 mol equivalents with respect to the organic material, and preferably 1.0 to 25 mol equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 20 The molar equivalent is better. The organic base is preferably 1. 〇~1 〇 〇 molar equivalents with respect to the organic material, preferably 5.0 to 100 mole equivalents, more preferably 20 to 100 mole equivalents. The acid to be used when dissolved by acidic is an inorganic acid such as sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid or phosphoric acid, or an organic acid such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, oxalic acid, methanesulfonic acid or trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, preferably an inorganic acid. Sulfuric acid is especially preferred. The amount of the acid used is such that the amount of the pigment can be uniformly dissolved, and there is no particular -20-200904907 limit. The inorganic acid and the organic acid are preferably 3 to 5 molar equivalents, more preferably 10 to 500 mole equivalents, and more preferably 30 to 200 mole equivalents, relative to the organic material. When a base or an acid is mixed with an organic solvent to use a good solvent as an organic pigment, 'in order to completely dissolve a base or an acid, a solvent having a high solubility to a base or an acid such as water or a lower alcohol may be added to the organic solvent. . The amount of water or lower alcohol is preferably 50% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the organic material solution, and more preferably 30% by mass or less. Specifically, water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, butanol or the like can be used. When the organic particles are produced, even if the particles are organic, the conditions of the weak solvent at the time of formation are not particularly limited, and the range from normal pressure to subcritical and supercritical conditions can be selected. The temperature at normal pressure is preferably -3 0 to 1 0 ° C, more preferably -1 0 to 60 ° C, and particularly preferably 0 to 30 ° C. The method of mixing the organic pigment solution with the weak solvent is not particularly limited, and it is preferred to add the organic pigment solution to the weak solvent and mix it. In this case, it is preferred to stir the weak solvent. The stirring speed is preferably 1 〇〇 to 1 〇〇〇 〇 rPm, more preferably 150 to 8000 rpm, and particularly preferably 200 to 6000 rpm. Pumps can be used when adding or not. Further, it may be added to the liquid or added outside the liquid, and it is preferably added in a liquid. Mixing ratio of organic pigment solution to weak solvent (good solvent/weak solvent ratio in organic nano pigment particle re-sinking liquid), volume ratio is preferably 1/5 〇~2/3 '1M0~1/2 Better' is better than 1/20~3/8. In the case where the 'organic nano pigment particle system is first dispersed in an aqueous medium', the aqueous medium at this time contains at least 60% by mass of the above-mentioned aqueous solvent, and it is preferable to contain 80% by mass or more. 200904907 If the organic nano pigment particles are capable of being formed, the concentration of the re-sinking liquid of the organic nano pigment particles is not particularly limited, and the organic pigment particles are preferably in the range of 10 to 40,000 mg with respect to 1 ml of the aqueous medium, and 20 The range of ~30000 mg is better than the range of 5〇~25000 mg. Further, the preparation scale when the organic nano pigment particles are produced is not particularly limited, and the mixing amount of the weak solvent is preferably 1 to 100 liters, and the modulation scale of 1 to 100 liters is more preferable. Regarding the particle diameter of the organic nano pigment particles, there is a method of expressing the average particle diameter of the group by counting the number of the particles, and it is commonly used in the center of the particle diameter and the equivalent integral distribution curve showing the largest distribution. The particle size, various average particle diameters (number average, length average, area average, mass average, volume average, etc.), etc. In the present invention, the average particle diameter refers to the number average particle diameter unless otherwise notified. The average particle diameter of the organic nano pigment particles (primary particles) is a nanometer size, and the average particle diameter is preferably from 1 nm to 1 μm, preferably from 1 to 200 nm, and from 2 to 100 nm. More preferably, it is especially good for 5~80 nm. Further, the particles formed by the process of the present invention may be crystalline particles or amorphous particles, or a mixture thereof. Further, in the present invention, the ratio (?v/?) of the volume average particle diameter (Mv) to the number average particle diameter (??) is used as an index indicating the monodispersity of the particles, unless otherwise notified. The monodispersity of the particles (primary particles) contained in the organic nano pigment particle dispersion used in the method for concentrating the organic nano pigment particles, that is, Μν/Μη is preferably 1.0 to 2.0. ~1.8 is better, with 1 · 0 ~ 1 · 5 is especially good. The method for measuring the particle diameter of the organic nano pigment particles includes a microscope-22 - 200904907 method, a gravimetric method "light scattering method, an optical isolation method, an electric resistance method, an acoustic method, a dynamic light scattering method, and a microscopic method, dynamic light scattering. The law is especially good. Examples of the microscope using the microscope method include a scanning electron microscope and a transmission electron microscope. Examples of the particle measuring device by the dynamic light scattering method include NANOTRACK UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd., dynamic light scattering photometer DLS-7000 series manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., and LB-400 manufactured by Horiba, Ltd. ( Either are the product names). When the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles is prepared, it is preferred to contain a dispersant (hereinafter referred to as a dispersant for the aqueous dispersion). The step of containing the dispersing agent is not particularly limited. It is preferred to add a dispersing agent to both or both of the organic pigment solution and the weak solvent. Further, it is also preferable to add a dispersant solvent by forming an organic nano pigment particle together with the above two liquid systems. It is also preferred to use a surface-treated pigment particle previously applied by a dispersant. A surface treatment capable of promoting adsorption of the dispersant may also be applied to the pigment powder. The dispersant system (1) rapidly adsorbs on the surface of the precipitated pigment to form fine nanoparticles, and (2) has an effect of preventing the particles from agglutinating again. As the dispersant which can be used, a low molecular or polymeric dispersant such as an anionic, cationic, diionic, nonionic or pigment derivative can be used. Further, the amount of the low molecular weight or high molecular weight dispersant added is preferably from 1% by mass to 100% by mass based on the pigment to be dissolved. It is more preferably 50% by mass or more and 200% by mass or less. When the amount of addition is too small, there is a case where the effect of suppressing the growth and aggregation of the pigment particles is reduced, and when it is too large, problems such as an increase in viscosity and poor dissolution may occur. Hereinafter, the polymer dispersant will be described. -23 - 200904907 The molecular weight coefficient of the polymer dispersant has an average molecular weight of 1,000 or more and 200,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or more and 40,000 or less. When the molecular weight is too small, the effect of suppressing the growth and aggregation of the pigment particles is small, and when it is too large, problems such as an increase in viscosity and poor dissolution may occur. Further, in the present invention, the polymer means a number average molecular weight of more than 100 Å. Specific examples of the polymer dispersant include polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl methyl ether, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polypropylene decylamine, and vinyl alcohol-vinyl acetate copolymerization. , polyvinyl alcohol - partial methyl acetal, polyvinyl alcohol - partial butyral acetal, vinyl pyrrolidone - vinyl acetate copolymer and polyethylene oxide / propylene oxide block copolymer, etc. Polyvinylpyrrolidone is preferred. Examples of the anionic species include polyacrylate, polyethylene sulfate, poly(4-vinylpyridine) salt, polyamine, polyallylamine salt, polybenzenesulfonate, condensed naphthalenesulfonate, and cellulose derivative. And starch derivatives. Among them, polyphenylsulfonate and condensed naphthalenesulfonate are more preferred. These anionic persons can be obtained by copolymerization with an anionic monomer, and may be not only an anionic monomer itself but also a copolymer of a nonionic monomer. Specific examples of the nonionic monomer include vinylpyrrolidone, styrene, naphthalene, styrylmethylpyrrolidone, vinylimidazole, vinylpyridine, acrylamide, and vinylamine. The cationic compound is particularly preferably a polymer compound having a 4- to ammonium moiety, and examples thereof include poly(methacryloxyalkylammonium salt), poly(methacryloxyarylammonium salt), and poly. (Acryloxyalkylammonium salt), poly(propylene oxime 200904907 aryl ammonium salt), and poly(dipropylpropyl saddle salt), etc. The polymer compound having a 4-stage ammonium moiety is of the following formula ( 1) A polymer compound having a cationic repeating unit as shown is preferred. General formula (1)

……八 Ra (式中,Rl〜R_3係各自獨立地表示垸基、芳院基、或芳基。 Ri、R2、R3之任意2個亦可互相連結,而且亦可形成含有 氧原子、氮原子及/或硫原子之雜環。X係表示齒素原子、 或是有機或無機陰離子。η係表示1〜5的自然數。A係表 示氫原子或烷基。L係表示單鍵或2價的連結基、或是進 而結合Ri、R2、R3的任意2個而成之4價的連結基) 通式(1)中,1〜113所示之烷基係取代或未取代之直鏈 狀 '分枝狀、或環狀的烷基,以碳原子數1〜12的烷基爲 佳’以碳原子數丨〜4的烷基爲更佳。Rl〜R3所示之芳烷 基係取代或未取代的芳烷基,以碳數7〜10的芳烷基爲 佳° Rl〜R3所示之芳基係取代或未取代的芳基,以碳數6 〜10的芳基爲佳。芳烷基或芳基可各自爲單環亦可以是雙 環。 院基具體上係以甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁 基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、環戊基、己基、環己基、 -25 - 200904907 庚基、辛基、第三辛基、2-乙基己基、癸基及十二烷基爲 佳。以甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及 第三丁基爲特佳。 方院基具體上係以节基、4 -氯节基、4 -甲节基、4 -丁氧 基苄基及4 -甲氧基节基甲氧基苯基、4_羥苄基爲佳。以苄 基、4·氯节基、4 -甲苄基及4-丁氧基节基。 芳基具體上係以苯基、4 -氯苯基、4 -甲基苯基、4 -丁氧 基苯基及4 -羥本基爲佳。以苯基、4_氯苯基、4_甲基苯基 及4 -丁氧基苯基爲特佳。 R,、R2、R3的任意2者係互相連結而形成具有4級銨 部位之含氮雜環時,該雜環係以4〜6員環爲佳。又,該雜 環亦可進而含有氧原子、氮原子及/或硫原子。該雜環可舉 出咪唑鐡、吡啶鑰、卩f唑鑰、噻唑鎗、咪唑啉鑰、晤唑啉 鎗及噻哩啉鑰等。更佳之物可舉出咪哩鎗、啦π定鑰、噚哗 鑰及噻唑鑰。 通式(1)中,X可以是1價亦可以是多價,該X所示之 鹵素原子係氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。X所示之 有機陰離子的具體例可舉出羧酸陰離子、磺酸陰離子、醇 鹽、苯磺酸陰離子、萘磺酸陰離子、萘二磺酸陰離子及蒽 二磺酸陰離子等。X所示無機陰離子的具體例可舉出四氟 化溴陰離子、六氟化磷陰離子及氫氧化物等。以滿足!!爲 1〜2自然數的條件之有機或無機陰離子特佳。 通式(1)中,A所示之烷基具體上係以甲基、乙基、正 丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三丁基爲佳。以甲基、 -26 - 200904907 乙基爲特佳。 通式(1)中,L係表示單鍵或2價的連結基’或是進而 結合Ri、R2、R3之任意2者而成之4價的連結基。L係所 示之2價的連結基係含有芳基、芳烷基之連結基。在1所 示之2價的連結基所含有的芳基、芳烷基可以是單環亦可 以是縮環。結合L所示之R!、R2、Rs的任意2者而成之4 價的連結基係與通式(1)中的銨鹽部位形成雜環基。 L所示之2價的連結基之具體例’芳基可舉出伸苯基、 伸萘基等,芳烷基可舉出苯基亞甲基、萘基亞甲基等° L 所示之結合的任意2者而成的4價連結基與通 式(1)中的銨鹽部位形成之雜環可舉出例如咪哩鐵、11比D定 鑰、曙唑鑰、噻鑰、咪唑啉鎗、曙唑啉鎗及噻唑啉鑰等。 以咪唑鑷、吡啶鎩、噚唑鎩及噻唑鑰。 R!、R2、R3的任意2者互相連結而成者’亦進而包含 該等所形成之含有氧原子、氮原子、硫原子之雜環的具體 例,以下顯示具有前述通式(1)所示陽離子性重複單位之商 分子化合物的例子。可舉出例如聚乙烯基咪哩啉鍚鹽類、 聚乙烯基苯并咪唑啉鎩鹽類、聚乙烯基吡啶鑰鹽類、聚苯 乙烯基亞甲基咪唑鑰鹽類、聚苯乙烯基亞甲基咪哩琳鐵鹽 類、聚苯乙烯基吡啶鑰鹽類、聚苯乙烯基亞甲基曙哩鐵鹽 類、聚苯乙烯基亞甲基噚唑啉鐡鹽類、聚苯乙嫌基亞甲基 噻唑鎩鹽類、聚苯乙烯基亞甲基噻唑鑰鹽類、聚苯乙稀基 亞甲基銨鹽類 '聚萘基亞甲基咪唑鐵鹽類、聚萘基亞甲基 咪唑啉鑰鹽類、聚萘基亞甲基吡啶鎩鹽類、聚蔡基亞甲基 -27 - 200904907 噚唑鑷鹽類、聚萘基亞甲基噚唑啉鑰鹽類、聚萘基亞甲基 噻唑鑰鹽類、聚萘基亞甲基噻唑鏺鹽類及聚萘基亞甲基錶 鹽類。 該等之中,特佳的例子可舉出聚苯乙烯基亞甲基味唾 鑰鹽類、聚苯乙烯基亞甲基咪唑啉鎗鹽類、聚苯乙嫌基亞 甲基吡啶鑰鹽類、聚苯乙烯基亞甲基曙唑鎗鹽類、聚苯乙 烯基亞甲基噚唑啉鐵鹽類、聚苯乙烯基亞甲基噻唑鎗鹽、 聚苯乙烯基亞甲基噻唑鎗鹽及聚苯乙烯基亞甲基銨鹽類。 本發明所使用之具有4級銨部位之高分子化合物以具 有下述通式(2)所示陽離子性重複單位之高分子化合物爲 更佳。 通式(2)......8Ra (wherein R1 to R_3 each independently represent a fluorenyl group, a aryl group, or an aryl group. Any two of Ri, R2, and R3 may be bonded to each other, and may also contain an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. a heterocyclic ring of an atom and/or a sulfur atom. The X system represents a dentate atom or an organic or inorganic anion. The η system represents a natural number of 1 to 5. The A system represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and the L system represents a single bond or 2 a linking group of a valence or a tetravalent linking group which is further bonded to any two of Ri, R2 and R3. In the formula (1), the alkyl group represented by 1 to 113 is a substituted or unsubstituted linear chain. The alkyl group having a branched or cyclic shape is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨4. The aralkyl group-substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group represented by R1 to R3 is preferably an aryl group-substituted or unsubstituted aryl group represented by R1 to R3, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 10 is preferred. The aralkyl group or the aryl group may each be a single ring or a double ring. The base is specifically methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, -25 - 200904907 A group, an octyl group, a third octyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a decyl group and a dodecyl group are preferred. Methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl are particularly preferred. The square base is specifically a benzyl group, a 4-chlorol group, a 4-methyl group, a 4-butoxybenzyl group, a 4-methoxyl methoxyphenyl group, and a 4-hydroxybenzyl group. . The group consists of a benzyl group, a 4·chlorobenzyl group, a 4-methylbenzyl group and a 4-butoxy group. The aryl group is specifically preferably a phenyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, a 4-butoxyphenyl group or a 4-hydroxy group. Phenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl and 4-butoxyphenyl are particularly preferred. When any two of R, R2 and R3 are bonded to each other to form a nitrogen-containing hetero ring having a 4-stage ammonium moiety, the heterocyclic ring is preferably a 4 to 6 membered ring. Further, the hetero ring may further contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom and/or a sulfur atom. Examples of the heterocyclic ring include an imidazolium, a pyridyl key, an oxime azole, a thiazole gun, an imidazoline, an oazoline gun, and a thioporphyrin. The better things are the microphone, the π key, the key and the thiazole key. In the formula (1), X may be monovalent or polyvalent, and the halogen atom represented by X is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. Specific examples of the organic anion represented by X include a carboxylic acid anion, a sulfonate anion, an alkoxide, a benzenesulfonate anion, a naphthalenesulfonate anion, a naphthalene disulfonate anion, and an anthracene disulfonate anion. Specific examples of the inorganic anion represented by X include a tetrafluoroanion anion, a phosphorus hexafluoride anion, and a hydroxide. I'm satisfied! ! It is particularly preferred for organic or inorganic anions having a natural number of 1 to 2. In the formula (1), the alkyl group represented by A is preferably methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or t-butyl. Ethyl methyl, -26 - 200904907 is particularly preferred. In the formula (1), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group' or a tetravalent linking group which is further bonded to any two of Ri, R2 and R3. The divalent linking group represented by L system contains a linking group of an aryl group or an aralkyl group. The aryl group or aralkyl group contained in the divalent linking group represented by 1 may be a single ring or a condensed ring. A 4-valent linking group which is a combination of any two of R!, R2 and Rs represented by L forms a heterocyclic group with an ammonium salt moiety in the formula (1). Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by L are exemplified by a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, and the aralkyl group is represented by a phenylmethylene group or a naphthylmethylene group. Examples of the heterocyclic ring formed by any two of the bonded tetravalent linking groups and the ammonium salt moiety in the formula (1) include, for example, meringin, 11 to D key, carbazole key, thiazole, imidazoline. Guns, oxazoline guns, and thiazoline keys. Imidazolium, pyridinium, oxazolium and thiazole are used. Specific examples in which any two of R, R2, and R3 are linked to each other include a heterocyclic ring containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom, and the following formula (1) is shown. An example of a quotient molecular compound showing a cationic repeating unit. Examples thereof include polyvinylimilin sulfonium salts, polyvinylbenzimidazolinium salts, polyvinylpyridine salts, polystyryl imidazolium salts, and polystyrene. Methyl sulfonium iron salt, polystyryl pyridyl salt, polystyryl methylene iron strontium salt, polystyryl methylene oxazolinium salt, polystyrene Methylene thiazolium salts, polystyryl methylene thiazole salts, polystyrene methyl ammonium salts, 'polynaphthylmethylimidazolium salts, polynaphthyl imidazolium Keyline salts, polynaphthyl pyridinium salts, polycalyptyl -27 - 200904907 oxazolium salts, polynaphthylmethyloxazoline salts, polynaphthylylene Thiazole salts, polynaphthylmethylthiazolium salts and polynaphthylmethylidene salts. Among these, particularly preferred examples include polystyryl methylene-salt salicyl salts, polystyryl-methylene imidazoline gun salts, and polystyrene-ethylidene pyridyl phosphate salts. , polystyryl methylene carbazole gun salt, polystyryl methylene oxazoline iron salt, polystyryl methylene thiazole gun salt, polystyryl methylene thiazole gun salt and Polystyryl methylene ammonium salts. The polymer compound having a quaternary ammonium moiety used in the present invention is more preferably a polymer compound having a cationic repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). General formula (2)

通式(2)中,Ri〜R3、X及η係與前述通式(1)之Ri〜 Κ·3、X及η同義,較佳範圍亦同樣。 又,在本發明所使用具有4級銨部位之高分子化合 物,亦可以是前述通式(1)所示陽離子性重複單位與其他的 重複單位所構成之無規共聚物。聚合比係相對於具有前者 -28 - 200904907 4級銨部位之高分子化合物’以0 · 1〜〇 · 7質量%爲佳’以 0 · 1〜0.5質量%爲更佳。 共聚合成分可舉出例如乙烯基咪唑啉鑰鹽類、乙烯基 苯并咪唑啉鐵鹽類、乙烯基吡啶鑰鹽類、苯乙烯基亞甲基 咪唑鑰鹽類、苯乙烯基亞甲基咪唑啉鐺鹽類、苯乙烯基吡 啶鑰鹽類、苯乙烯基亞甲基噚唑鑷鹽類、苯乙烯基亞甲基 噚唑啉鑰鹽類、苯乙烯基亞甲基噻唑鑰鹽類、苯乙烯基亞 甲基噻唑鑰鹽類、苯乙烯基亞甲基銨鹽類、萘基亞甲基咪 唑鑰鹽類、萘基亞甲基咪唑啉鑰鹽類、萘基亞甲基吡啶鎗 鹽類、萘基亞甲基噚唑鑰鹽類、萘基亞甲基噚唑啉錙鹽類、 萘基亞甲基噻哇鑰鹽類、萘基亞甲基噻唑鎗鹽類、萘基亞 甲基銨鹽類、吡咯啶酮、苯乙烯、萘、苯乙烯基氯甲烷、 乙烯基咪唑、乙烯基吡啶、丙烯醯胺、乙烯醯胺等。以苯 乙烯基亞甲基咪唑鑷鹽類、苯乙烯基亞甲基咪哩啉鐵鹽 類、苯乙烯基亞甲基吡啶鎗鹽類、苯乙烯基亞甲基銨鹽類、 吡咯啶酮、苯乙烯、萘、苯乙烯基氯甲烷、乙烯基咪哗、 乙烯基吡啶、丙烯醯胺及乙烯醯胺等爲特佳。 以下顯示本發明所使用具有4級銨部位之高分子·化合 物的具體例,但是本發明未限定於此等。在以下的具體例’ 本發明所使用的高分子化合物係聚合所例示的重胃_ @胃 成者。 -29- 200904907In the formula (2), Ri to R3, X and η are synonymous with Ri to Κ·3, X and η of the above formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. Further, the polymer compound having a quaternary ammonium moiety used in the present invention may be a random copolymer composed of a cationic repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) and another repeating unit. The polymerization ratio is preferably from 0. 1 to 〇 7. 7 mass% with respect to the polymer compound having the fourth ammonium moiety of the former -28 - 200904907, preferably from 0. 1 to 0.5% by mass. The copolymerization component may, for example, be a vinyl imidazoline salt, a vinylbenzimidazolium iron salt, a vinyl pyridylium salt, a styrylmethylene imidazolium salt, or a styrylmethylene imidazole.铛 铛 铛 salt, styryl pyridyl salt, styryl methylene oxazolium salt, styryl methylene oxazoline salt, styryl methylene thiazole salt, benzene Vinyl methylene thiazole salt, styryl methylene ammonium salt, naphthylmethyl imidazolium salt, naphthyl imidazolium salt, naphthyl pyridinium salt , naphthylmethyl carbazole key salt, naphthylmethyl oxazolinium salt, naphthylmethyl thiophene salt, naphthyl thiazole gun salt, naphthyl methylene Ammonium salts, pyrrolidone, styrene, naphthalene, styrylchloromethane, vinylimidazole, vinylpyridine, acrylamide, vinylamine, and the like. Styryl methylene imidazolium salts, styryl methylene imipenem iron salts, styryl methylene pyridinium salts, styryl methylene ammonium salts, pyrrolidone, Styrene, naphthalene, styrylchloromethane, vinyl quinone, vinyl pyridine, acrylamide, and vinyl decylamine are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the polymer/compound having a 4-stage ammonium moiety used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, the polymer compound used in the present invention is a heavy stomach exemplified by polymerization. -29- 200904907

具有前述的 4級銨部位之高分子化合物能夠參考 「small」,2006年、第2卷、第7期、第879-883頁來製 造。 此外,亦能夠使用海藻酸鹽、明膠、白蛋白、酪蛋白、 阿拉伯樹膠、黃蓍膠(tragacanthgum)、木質磺酸鹽等天然 高分子化合物類。 -30 - 200904907 該等高分子能夠單獨或組合使用2種以上。該等分散 劑能夠單獨或並用。關於顏料分散所使用的分散劑,係詳 細地記載於「顏料分散安定化及表面處理技術、評價」(化 學資訊協會、2001年12月發行)之第29〜46頁。 以下,說明低分子分散劑。 陰離子性之低分子分散劑可舉出N-醯基-N-烷基牛磺 酸鹽、脂肪酸鹽、烷基硫酯鹽、烷基丙磺酸鹽、烷基萘磺 酸鹽、二烷基磺酸基琥珀酸鹽、烷基磷酸酯鹽、萘磺酸福 馬林縮合物及聚氧乙烯烷基硫酸酯鹽等。其中以N-醯基-N-牛磺酸鹽爲佳。N-醯基-N-牛磺酸鹽以特開平3 -273 067號 說明書所記載之物爲佳。此等陰離子性分散劑可單獨或組 合使用2種以上。 陽離子性分散劑係包含四級銨鹽、烷氧基化聚胺、脂 肪族胺聚乙二醇醚、脂肪族胺、由脂肪族胺及脂肪族醇所 衍生的二胺及聚胺、由脂肪酸所衍生的咪唑啉及此等陽離 子性物質的鹽。此等陽離子性分散劑可單獨或組合使用2 種以上。 兩離子性分散劑係在分子內同時具有前述陰離性分散 劑在分子所內所具有陰離子基部分及前述陽離性分散劑在 分子所內所具有陽離子基部分之分散劑。 非離子性分散劑可舉出聚氧乙烯烷基醚、聚氧乙烯烷 基芳基醚、聚氧乙烯脂肪酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、聚 氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、聚氧乙烯烷基胺、甘油脂肪 酸酯等。其中以聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚爲佳。此等非離子分 -31- 200904907 散劑可單獨或組合使用2種以上。 顏料衍生物型分散劑的定義係從增殖性物質之有機顏 料所衍生’藉由將該母體結構化學改性而製得之顏料衍生 物型分散劑,或藉由使已化學改性過的顔料先質進行顏料 化反應而得到之顏料衍生物型分散劑。例如有含糖顏料衍 生物型分散劑、含哌啶基顏料衍生物型分散劑、萘或茈衍 生顏料衍生物型分散劑、具有透過甲基而連結顏料母結構 的官能基之顏料衍生物型分散劑、具有使用聚合物化學改 性過的顏料母結構、磺酸基之顏料衍生物型分散劑、具有 磺醯胺基之顏料衍生物型分散劑、具有醚基之顏料衍生物 型分散劑、或是具有羧酸基、羧酸酯基或羧基醯胺基之顏 料衍生物型分散劑等。 在本發明的製法,於調製溶解在良溶劑而成的有機材 料溶液時,使含有胺基之顏料分散劑共存爲佳。在此,胺 基係包含一級胺基、二級胺基、三級胺基,胺基的數量可 以是一個或複數個。可以是在顏料骨架導入具有胺基的取 代基之顏料衍生物化合物,亦可以是以具有胺基的單體作 爲聚合成分之聚合化合物。此等的例子,可舉出特開 2000-239554 號公報、2003-96329 號公報、2001-31885 號 公報、特開平1 0-3 3 9949號公報、特公平5 -7 2943號公報 等所記載之化合物等,但是未限定於此等。 [有機低分子化合物及有機高分子化合物] 在本發明,藉由使至少1分子量小於1 000的有機低分 子化合物(以下,亦稱爲低分子化合物)及至少1種重量平 -32 - 200904907 均分子量1 000以上的有機高分子化合物(以下,亦稱爲高 分子化合物)對於分散於水性介質中之有機奈米顏料粒子 作用來使其凝集後,將有機奈米粒子凝集體離析。在本發 明,低分子化合物係使有機奈米顏料粒子凝結。高分子化 合物係使凝結所產生的凝結體凝集,來使其形成容易過濾 的大小之凝集體。在本發明,係並用低分子化合物及高分 子化合物,只有低分子化合物時,雖然有機奈米粒子凝結, 但是無法成爲大的凝集體,即便以濾紙過濾亦會擠過濾 紙,或是即便使用過濾器過濾,亦必須花費相當長的時間 來過濾。又,只有高分子化合物時,因爲凝結體本身幾乎 未產生而無法過濾。因爲有機奈米顏料粒子分散之水性介 質對於本發明之高分子化合物係弱溶劑,藉由吸附於上述 的凝結體,極性的凝結體變爲不溶解於前述水性介質,而 使該凝結體成長成爲大的凝集體。 凝集體之平均粒徑以1 0 0 0 0奈米以上爲佳,以越大越 佳。該平均粒徑無特別的上限,實際上爲1 0 0 00 000奈米以 下。凝集體的平均粒徑太小時,會有凝集體的離析需要相 當長的時間,即便過濾,會有擠過過濾紙、堵塞網眼之情 形。凝集體的平均粒徑太大時,會有花費許多時間用以再 分散之問題點。 又’因爲在本發明之低分子化合物、高分子化合物係 吸附於凝集後的有機奈米顏料粒子,即便進行過濾、後述 的洗淨、後述的再分散(解膠)後,在非水性介質中,亦能 夠直接使用作爲分散劑(以下,亦稱爲非水性分散液的分散 200904907 劑),不必重新添加分散劑。爲了調整分散性,亦可在隨後 重新添加分散劑,但是從製造成本的觀點,以不添加爲佳。 而且,在本發明,因爲構成凝集體之有機奈米顏料粒 子係以塗布於低分子及高分子化合物而成的狀態凝集,與 無該等低分子及高分子化合物而凝集後的情況、例如以鹽 酸等凝集而成的情況比較時,隨後的再分散容易且有機奈 米粒子容易解開至一次粒子、對比提高。 雖然該低分子化合物、高分子化合物亦可以直接添 加,從得到良好的過濾性之觀點,該低分子化合物、高分 子化合物以溶解於溶劑而添加爲佳。 前述溶劑係能與有機奈米顏料粒子混合且能夠溶解該 低分子化合物、高分子化合物,而且添加後若該低分子化 合物、高分子化合物其自身不會析出時,沒有特別限制。 又,該溶劑係以即便其自身添加於有機奈米顏料粒子 水性分散液,有機奈米顏料粒子亦不會凝集,或是產生即 便凝集亦能夠再分散的弱凝集(即便未施加碾磨或高速攪 拌等高剪切力亦能夠再分散之絮凝體)之溶劑爲佳。 該溶劑可舉出例如水性溶劑(例如,水或鹽酸、氫氧化 鈉水溶液)、醇化合物溶劑、醯胺化合物溶劑、酮化合物溶 劑、醚化合物溶劑、芳香族化合物溶劑、二硫化碳溶劑、 脂肪族化合物溶劑、腈化合物溶劑、亞砸化合物溶劑、鹵 素化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、離子性液體及此等的混合 溶劑,以水性溶劑、醇化合物溶劑、酮化合物溶劑、酸化 合物溶劑、亞颯化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、醯胺化合物 -34- 200904907 溶劑、腈化合物溶劑及此等的混合溶劑爲佳,特別是以酮 化合物溶劑、醚化合物溶劑、腈化合物溶劑及此等的混合 溶劑爲更佳。 醇化合物溶劑可舉出例如甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、正丙 醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等。酮化合物溶劑可舉出例如丙酮、 甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮。醚化合物溶劑可舉 出例如二甲基醚、二乙基醚、四氫呋喃等。芳香族化合物 溶劑可舉出例如苯、甲苯等。脂肪族化合物溶劑可舉出例 如己烷等。腈化合物溶劑可舉出例如乙腈等。鹵素化合物 溶劑可舉出例如二氯甲烷、三氯乙烯等。酯化合物溶劑可 舉出例如乙酸乙酯等、乳酸乙酯、乙酸2-(1-甲氧基)丙酯 等。離子性液體可舉出例如1-丁基-3-甲基咪哇鍚與PF6· 的鹽等。 該溶劑的使用量若是能夠溶解低分子化合物、高分子 化合物,且能夠形成容易過濾的凝集體時,沒有特別限制, 考慮製造的麻煩、更降低原材料成本,以盡可能少量爲佳。 將其以質量比表示時,有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液爲1 00 時,所添加的溶劑係以1〜1 〇 〇的範圍爲佳,以1 〇〜7 〇的 範圍爲更佳,以20〜70的範圍爲特佳。太多時會有凝集體 必須相當長的沈降時間之情況’太少時,會有凝集體的形 成不充分、凝集體變爲難以沈降之情況。 該溶劑添加後,係以與有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液 充分地混合的方式攪拌爲佳。攪拌混合能夠使用通常的方 法混合。添加該溶劑而混合時的溫度沒有特別限制,以1 -35 - 200904907 〜1 0 0 °C爲佳,以5〜6 0 °c爲更佳。該溶劑的添加、混合係 能夠良好地實施各自的步驟時,可使用任何裝置,例如能 夠使用攪拌葉、拉曼多靜止攪拌器等裝置來實施。 又’如上述,在本發明使有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散 液中的有機奈米顏料粒子凝集時,能夠另外使其含有本發 明之低分子化合物、高分子化合物。含有本發明之低分子 化合物、高分子化合物之步驟沒有特別限定,可以是在將 有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液添加在前述溶劑後,一同添 加本發明之低分子化合物、高分子化合物之方法,亦可以 是將該等添加後,添加於有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液之 方法,以使其溶解在前述溶劑後,添加於有機奈米顏料粒 子水性分散液之方法爲更佳。又,此時可以是各別地添加 低分子化合物及高分子化合物,亦可以將高分子化合物添 加於前述溶劑並使其溶解後,添加於有機奈米顏料粒子水 性分散液,隨後,直接添加低分子化合物之方法,亦可以 是在有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液添加低分子化合物後, 添加使高分子化合物溶解而成的溶液之方法。 又,低分子及高分子化合物的添加量係相對於顏料以 1 0質量%以上、1 0 〇 0質量%以下爲佳。以5 0質量%以上、 200質量%以下爲更佳。添加量太少時會有奈米粒子的凝集 效果變少的情形,太多時,在後述的再分散時會有容易產 生黏度上升等問題之情形。低分子化合物、高分子化合物 的添加量比沒有特別限定,質量比時以高分子化合物爲1 時,低分子化合物以1〜5 0爲佳’以1 0〜3 〇爲更佳。 -36- 200904907 以下,更詳細地說明有機低分子化合物。 有機低分子化合物可舉出例如陰離子性、陽離子性、 或非離子性的低分子化合物。所使用的低分子化合物能夠 按照在調製上述的有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液時所使用 的水性分散的分散劑而選擇。例如,水性分散液係非離子 性(特別是鹼性)時,低分子化合物係以非離子性(特別是酸 性)爲佳,水性分散液的分散劑爲陰離子性時,低分子化合 物係以陽離子性爲佳,水性分散液的分散劑爲陽離子性 時,低分子化合物係以陰離子性爲佳。其中,以水性分散 液爲非離子性(特別是鹼性)且低分子化合物爲非離子性(特 別是酸性)爲更佳,以水性分散液爲陽離子性且低分子化合 物爲陰離子性爲更佳。 在非離子性的低分子化合物,特別是以酸性有機低分 子化合物爲佳,分子量小於1 〇 〇 〇時沒有特別限定,其中以 1價以上的羧酸、磺酸、磷酸化合物爲佳,以1〜5價的羧 酸、擴酸、碟酸化合物爲更佳。 羧酸具體上可舉出甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、戊酸、 己酸、庚酸、辛酸、壬酸、癸酸、十一烷酸、月桂酸、十 三烷酸、異丁酸、2-乙基丁酸、三甲基乙酸、第三丁基乙 酸、2-丙基戊酸、2-乙基己酸、丙二酸、丁基丙二酸、二 甲基丙二酸、二乙基丙二酸、琥珀酸、戊二酸 '丙三羧酸、 1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸、順式-5, 8, 11,14,17-二十碳五烯酸、順 式-4,7,10,13, 16,19-二十六碳六烯酸、苯甲酸、苯乙酸及11-苯氧基十一院酸等。 -37 - 200904907 磺酸具體上可舉出甲磺酸、N-環己基-2-胺基乙礦酸、 N -環己基-3-胺基丙擴酸及苯磺酸等。 磷酸具體上可舉出二甲基膦酸、亞甲基二鱗酸胃。 _離子性的低分子化合物若是分子量舄小於1〇〇〇 時’沒有特別限定,前述陰離子性化合物係以下·述通式(3) 所示之陰離子性化合物爲佳。 通式(3)The polymer compound having the above-mentioned four-stage ammonium moiety can be produced by referring to "small", 2006, Vol. 2, No. 7, pp. 879-883. Further, natural polymer compounds such as alginate, gelatin, albumin, casein, gum arabic, tragacanthgum, and lignosulfonate can also be used. -30 - 200904907 These polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. These dispersants can be used singly or in combination. The dispersing agent used for the pigment dispersion is described in detail on pages 29 to 46 of "Pigment Dispersion Stabilization and Surface Treatment Technology and Evaluation" (Chemical Information Association, issued in December 2001). Hereinafter, a low molecular weight dispersing agent will be described. Examples of the anionic low molecular dispersant include N-fluorenyl-N-alkyl taurates, fatty acid salts, alkyl thioesters, alkyl propane sulfonates, alkylnaphthalene sulfonates, and dialkyl groups. Sulfonic acid succinate, alkyl phosphate salt, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate, polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfate salt, and the like. Among them, N-fluorenyl-N-taurate is preferred. The N-mercapto-N-taurate is preferably described in the specification of JP-A No. 3-273,067. These anionic dispersants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The cationic dispersant comprises a quaternary ammonium salt, an alkoxylated polyamine, an aliphatic amine polyglycol ether, an aliphatic amine, a diamine derived from an aliphatic amine and an aliphatic alcohol, and a polyamine, and a fatty acid. Derived imidazoline and salts of such cationic materials. These cationic dispersants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The two-ionic dispersing agent has a dispersing agent having an anionic group portion in the molecule and a cationic group portion of the above-mentioned cationic dispersing agent in the molecule in the molecule. Examples of the nonionic dispersant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ether, polyoxyethylene fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid ester, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester. Polyoxyethylene alkylamine, glycerin fatty acid ester, and the like. Among them, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ether is preferred. These nonionic fractions -31 to 200904907 may be used alone or in combination of two or more. A pigment derivative-type dispersant is defined as a pigment derivative-type dispersant obtained by chemically modifying the matrix structure derived from an organic pigment of a proliferative substance, or by chemically modifying the pigment. A pigment derivative-type dispersant obtained by subjecting a pigmentation reaction to a precursor. For example, there are a sugar-containing pigment derivative type dispersant, a piperidinyl group-containing pigment derivative type dispersant, a naphthalene or anthracene-derived pigment derivative type dispersant, and a pigment derivative type having a functional group which bonds a pigment parent structure through a methyl group. a dispersant, a pigment mother structure chemically modified with a polymer, a pigment derivative type dispersant of a sulfonic acid group, a pigment derivative type dispersant having a sulfonamide group, and a pigment derivative type dispersant having an ether group Or a pigment derivative type dispersant having a carboxylic acid group, a carboxylate group or a carboxy guanamine group. In the production method of the present invention, it is preferred to coexist an amine-based pigment dispersant when preparing an organic material solution which is dissolved in a good solvent. Here, the amine group may include a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group, and the number of the amine groups may be one or plural. It may be a pigment derivative compound in which a substituent having an amine group is introduced into the pigment skeleton, or a polymerization compound in which a monomer having an amine group is used as a polymerization component. Examples of such examples include those described in JP-A-2000-239554, JP-A-2003-96329, JP-A-2001-31885, JP-A No. Hei 10-3 3949, and JP-A-5-7 2943. The compound or the like is not limited thereto. [Organic Low Molecular Compound and Organic High Molecular Compound] In the present invention, at least one organic low molecular compound having a molecular weight of less than 1 000 (hereinafter, also referred to as a low molecular compound) and at least one weight are -32 - 200904907 The organic polymer compound having a molecular weight of 1,000 or more (hereinafter also referred to as a polymer compound) acts on the organic nano pigment particles dispersed in the aqueous medium to aggregate, and then the organic nanoparticles are aggregated and aggregated. In the present invention, the low molecular compound condenses the organic nano pigment particles. The polymer compound agglomerates the coagulated body formed by coagulation to form an aggregate of a size that is easy to filter. In the present invention, a low molecular compound and a high molecular compound are used in combination. When the low molecular compound is used, although the organic nanoparticle is coagulated, it cannot be a large aggregate, and even if it is filtered by a filter paper, the filter paper is squeezed, or even if filtration is used. Filtering also takes a long time to filter. Further, in the case of only a polymer compound, since the coagulated body itself hardly occurs, it cannot be filtered. In the aqueous medium in which the organic nano pigment particles are dispersed, the weak polymer of the polymer compound of the present invention is adsorbed to the above-mentioned coagulated body, and the polar coagulum is not dissolved in the aqueous medium, so that the coagulated body grows into Big agglomerate. The average particle size of the aggregate is preferably more than 1 000 nm, and the larger the better. There is no particular upper limit for the average particle diameter, and actually it is less than 1 000 000 nm. When the average particle size of the aggregate is too small, it takes a relatively long time for the segregation of the aggregate to form, and even if it is filtered, there is a situation in which the filter paper is squeezed and the mesh is clogged. When the average particle size of the aggregate is too large, there will be a problem that it takes a lot of time to redisperse. In the non-aqueous medium, the organic nano-pigment particles which have been adsorbed on the agglomerated low-molecular-weight compound or the polymer compound are subjected to filtration, washing described later, and redispersion (de-agglomeration) which will be described later. It is also possible to directly use as a dispersing agent (hereinafter, also referred to as a dispersion of a non-aqueous dispersion, 200904907), without re-adding a dispersing agent. In order to adjust the dispersibility, the dispersant may be newly added later, but it is preferably not added from the viewpoint of production cost. Furthermore, in the present invention, the organic nano pigment particles constituting the aggregate are aggregated in a state in which they are applied to a low molecular weight and a high molecular compound, and are aggregated without such a low molecular weight or a high molecular compound, for example, When a case where a hydrochloric acid or the like is aggregated, the subsequent redispersion is easy, and the organic nanoparticle is easily released to the primary particles, and the contrast is improved. The low molecular compound or the polymer compound may be directly added, and from the viewpoint of obtaining good filterability, the low molecular compound or the high molecular compound is preferably added by dissolving in a solvent. The solvent is capable of being mixed with the organic nano pigment particles and is capable of dissolving the low molecular compound or the polymer compound, and is not particularly limited as long as the low molecular weight compound or the polymer compound does not precipitate itself after the addition. Further, the solvent is such that the organic nano pigment particles do not aggregate or even redisperse even if they are agglomerated even if they are added to the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles (even if no grinding or high speed is applied) It is preferred to stir the solvent of the floc which is also capable of redispersing the high shear force. The solvent may, for example, be an aqueous solvent (for example, water or hydrochloric acid, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution), an alcohol compound solvent, a guanamine compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, an aromatic compound solvent, a carbon disulfide solvent, or an aliphatic compound solvent. , a nitrile compound solvent, an anthraquinone compound solvent, a halogen compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, an ionic liquid, and a mixed solvent thereof, and an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an acid compound solvent, an anthraquinone compound solvent, an ester The compound solvent and the guanamine compound-34-200904907 are preferably a solvent, a nitrile compound solvent or a mixed solvent thereof, and particularly preferably a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, a nitrile compound solvent or a mixed solvent thereof. The alcohol compound solvent may, for example, be methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol or 1-methoxy-2-propanol. The ketone compound solvent may, for example, be acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone or cyclohexanone. The ether compound solvent may, for example, be dimethyl ether, diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran. Examples of the aromatic compound solvent include benzene, toluene, and the like. The aliphatic compound solvent may, for example, be hexane or the like. The nitrile compound solvent may, for example, be acetonitrile or the like. The halogen compound solvent may, for example, be dichloromethane or trichloroethylene. The solvent of the ester compound may, for example, be ethyl acetate or the like, ethyl lactate or 2-(1-methoxy)propyl acetate. Examples of the ionic liquid include salts of 1-butyl-3-methylimidon and PF6·. The amount of the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the low molecular compound or the polymer compound and can form an aggregate which is easy to be filtered, and it is preferable to use as much as possible in consideration of the trouble of production and the reduction in the cost of the raw material. When it is represented by mass ratio, when the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles is 100, the solvent to be added is preferably in the range of 1 to 1 Torr, and more preferably in the range of 1 〇 to 7 Torr. The range of 20 to 70 is particularly good. If there are too many, there will be a situation in which the aggregate must have a relatively long settling time. When there are too few, the formation of the aggregates may be insufficient, and the aggregates may become difficult to settle. After the solvent is added, it is preferably stirred so as to be sufficiently mixed with the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles. Stirring and mixing can be carried out using a usual method. The temperature at which the solvent is added and mixed is not particularly limited, and is preferably from 1 - 35 to 200904907 to 1 0 0 ° C, more preferably from 5 to 60 ° C. When the addition and mixing of the solvent can be carried out well in any of the steps, any apparatus can be used, for example, a device such as a stirring blade or a Raman multi-static stirrer can be used. Further, as described above, when the organic nano pigment particles in the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles are aggregated in the present invention, the low molecular compound or the polymer compound of the present invention can be additionally contained. The step of containing the low molecular weight compound or the polymer compound of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a method of adding the low molecular weight compound or the polymer compound of the present invention together with the aqueous solution of the organic nano pigment particle in the solvent may be added. A method of adding the organic nano pigment particle aqueous dispersion to the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles after the addition of the organic nanoparticle pigment particles may be more preferably carried out. Further, in this case, a low molecular compound and a polymer compound may be added separately, or a polymer compound may be added to the solvent and dissolved, and then added to the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles, followed by direct addition. The method of the molecular compound may be a method of adding a solution obtained by dissolving a polymer compound after adding a low molecular compound to the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles. Further, the amount of the low molecular weight and the high molecular compound to be added is preferably 10% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the pigment. It is more preferably 50% by mass or more and 200% by mass or less. When the amount of addition is too small, there is a case where the aggregation effect of the nanoparticles is small. When there is too much, there is a problem that the viscosity is likely to rise in the case of redispersion which will be described later. The ratio of the amount of the low molecular compound to the polymer compound to be added is not particularly limited. When the mass ratio is 1 in the polymer compound, the low molecular weight compound is preferably 1 to 50%, more preferably 10 to 3 Torr. -36- 200904907 Hereinafter, the organic low molecular compound will be described in more detail. The organic low molecular compound may, for example, be an anionic, cationic or nonionic low molecular compound. The low molecular compound to be used can be selected in accordance with the aqueous dispersion dispersing agent used in the preparation of the above aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles. For example, when the aqueous dispersion is nonionic (especially alkaline), the low molecular compound is preferably nonionic (particularly acidic), and when the dispersant of the aqueous dispersion is anionic, the low molecular compound is cationic. When the dispersant of the aqueous dispersion is cationic, the low molecular compound is preferably anionic. Among them, the aqueous dispersion is nonionic (especially alkaline) and the low molecular compound is more nonionic (especially acidic), and the aqueous dispersion is cationic and the low molecular compound is anionic. . In the case of a nonionic low molecular compound, particularly an acidic organic low molecular compound, the molecular weight is less than 1 〇〇〇, and a carboxylic acid, a sulfonic acid or a phosphoric acid compound having a valence of 1 or more is preferred. The pentad-5 carboxylic acid, acid extension, and dish acid compound are more preferred. Specific examples of the carboxylic acid include formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, heptanoic acid, caprylic acid, capric acid, capric acid, undecanoic acid, lauric acid, tridecanoic acid, and isobutyric acid. , 2-ethylbutyric acid, trimethylacetic acid, tert-butylacetic acid, 2-propylpentanoic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, malonic acid, butylmalonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, Diethyl malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid 'propane tricarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid, cis-5, 8, 11, 14, 17- twenty carbon five Alkenoic acid, cis-4,7,10,13,16,19-hexadecahexosaenoic acid, benzoic acid, phenylacetic acid and 11-phenoxy eleventh acid. -37 - 200904907 The sulfonic acid may specifically be methanesulfonic acid, N-cyclohexyl-2-aminoethyl ortho-acid, N-cyclohexyl-3-aminopropionic acid, benzenesulfonic acid or the like. Specific examples of the phosphoric acid include dimethylphosphonic acid and methylene disaccharide gastric. The ionic low molecular compound is not particularly limited as long as the molecular weight 舄 is less than 1 Torr, and the anionic compound is preferably an anionic compound represented by the following formula (3). General formula (3)

Y+ 'D-E (式中,D 係表示- COO·、-S03_、-0S03·、-Ρ(0)(〇Η)〇-、或 ·〇Ρ(〇)(ΟΗ)〇\Ε係表示亦可具有總碳原子數1〇〜1〇〇的 取代基之烷基、芳烷基、芳基、或烷氧基。γ係表示有機 或無機陽離子。 通式(3)中,D 係表示- COO、-S03·、-0S03·、·Ρ(〇)(〇Η)0、 或- 〇Ρ(0)(ΟΗ)〇-,以- SO,、-Ρ(0)(ΟΗ)〇-爲更佳。 通式(3)中,Ε係表示總碳數爲10〜100之具有取代基 的烷基、芳烷基、芳基或烷氧基,以總碳數爲20〜50之具 有取代基的烷基、芳烷基、芳基或烷氧基爲更佳。烷基或 是烷氧基或取代基各自可以是直鏈狀亦可以是分枝狀,芳 烷基或芳基各自可以是單環亦可以是縮環。 烷基具體上可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正 丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、環戊基、己基、環己基、 庚基、辛基、第三辛基、2 -乙基己基、癸基、十二烷基及 十八烷基等爲佳。以甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁 -38 - 200904907 基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、環戊基、己基、環己基及 庚基爲佳。 芳烷基具體上可舉出苄基、萘亞甲基,以苄基爲特佳。 芳基具體上可舉出苯基、萘基。以苯基爲特佳。 烷氧基具體上可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異 丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基、環 戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、第三辛氧 基、2-乙基己氧基、癸氧基、十二烷氧基及十八烷氧基。 以甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基及異 丁氧基爲佳。 通式(3)中,Y所示之有機陽離子可舉出咪唑鑰鹽類、 吡啶鑰鹽類、噻唑鑰鹽類、咪唑啉鑰鹽類、噻唑啉鑰鹽類 及噚唑啉鑰鹽類。就後述的脫鹽容易度而言,適合舉出無 機陽離子,無機陽離子可舉出鋰離子、鈉離子及鉀離子等。 以下,顯示前述通式(3)所示陰離子性化合物的具體 例。 -39 - 200904907Y+ 'DE (where D is the expression - COO·, -S03_, -0S03·, -Ρ(0)(〇Η)〇-, or ·〇Ρ(〇)(ΟΗ)〇\Ε indicates that An alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxy group having a substituent having a total carbon number of 1 〇 to 1 。. The γ system means an organic or inorganic cation. In the formula (3), the D system represents - COO , -S03·, -0S03·, ·Ρ(〇)(〇Η)0, or - 〇Ρ(0)(ΟΗ)〇-, to -SO,, -Ρ(0)(ΟΗ)〇-for In the formula (3), the lanthanoid group represents a substituted alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group or an alkoxy group having a total carbon number of 10 to 100, and has a substituent having a total carbon number of 20 to 50. More preferably, the alkyl group, the arylalkyl group, the aryl group or the alkoxy group. The alkyl group or the alkoxy group or the substituent group may be linear or branched, and each of the aralkyl group or the aryl group may be The monocyclic ring may also be a condensed ring. The alkyl group may specifically be methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl or hexyl. Further, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, trioctyl, 2-ethylhexyl, decyl, dodecyl and octadecyl groups are preferred. It is preferably methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl-38 - 200904907, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl and heptyl. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a benzyl group and a naphthylmethylene group, and a benzyl group is particularly preferred. The aryl group may specifically be a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. The phenyl group is particularly preferred. The alkoxy group may specifically be exemplified. Methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy , heptyloxy, octyloxy, trioctyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, nonyloxy, dodecyloxy and octadecyloxy. methoxy, ethoxy, positive The propoxy group, the isopropoxy group, the n-butoxy group and the isobutoxy group are preferred. In the general formula (3), the organic cation represented by Y may be an imidazole key salt, a pyridyl key salt or a thiazole salt. The imidazoline salt, the thiazoline salt, and the oxazoline salt are preferably inorganic cations, and the inorganic cations include lithium ions, sodium ions, potassium ions, and the like. . the following, It shows the general formula (3) Specific examples of the compound shown anionic -39 - 200 904 907

--〇H Lignin----〇H Lignin--

)—^~Vf〇CH2CH2 }ocH2CH2CH2 —|~〇K n 〇 n〇3 ϋ)—^~Vf〇CH2CH2 }ocH2CH2CH2 —|~〇K n 〇 n〇3 ϋ

)T 該等低分子化合物的分子量若小於1000時’多少都可 以。大於1 〇〇〇時,會顯現高分子化合物的性質,難以使奈 米粒子凝結。該分子量的下限値沒有特別限制’通常爲4 0 以上。 以下,更詳細地說明高分子化合物。 較佳的形態係與低分子化合物同樣地,以有機奈米顏 料粒子水性分散液的分散劑爲非離子性、特別是鹼性,高 分子化合物爲非離子性、特別是酸性爲佳,以水性分散液 的分散劑爲陽離子性,高分子化合物爲陰離子性爲佳。在 本發明,高分子化合物的重量平均分子量以1000以上爲 佳。沒有特別的上限,以3 000 000以下爲較佳,以3 00000 以下爲佳。在本發明能夠使用之眾所周知的高分子化合物 的具體例可舉出BYKChemie公司製「Disperbyk-110(含酸 基之共聚物)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、 166、170(高分子共聚物)」、「BYK-P104、P105(高分子量 不飽和聚羧酸)、EFKA公司製「EFKA4047、4050、4010、 4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、EFKA43 3 0、4340(嵌段共聚物)、 -40 - 200904907 4400、4402(改性聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚酯型醯胺)、5765(高 分子量聚羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、ΑΠΝΟΜΟΤΟ FINETECHNO 公司製「AJISPARPB821、PB822」、共榮社 化學公司製「FROLEN TG-710(胺基甲酸酯低聚物)」、 「POLYFRON〇.50E、Νο·300(丙嫌酸系共聚物)」、楠本化 成公司製「DISPARON KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪 族多元羧酸)、#7〇〇4(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、 DA-725」、花王公司製「DEMOL RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮 聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」、 「HOMO GENOL L-18(高分子聚羧酸)」、「EMAGEN920' 93 0、93 5、9 8 5 (聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)」、「ACETAMINE86 (硬脂醯胺乙酸酯)」、LUBRIZOL公司製「SOLUSPARS 5 5 0 00(接枝型高分子)、1 3240(聚酯型胺)、3 000、1 7000、 27000(在末端具有功能部之高分子)、24000、28000、 32000、38500(接枝型高分子)」、日光CHEMICAL公司製 「NI K K 0 L T 1 0 6 (聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐一油酸酯)、 MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯一硬脂酸酯)」等。作爲本發明之高分 子化合物,可單獨使用眾所周知的高分子化合物,亦可使 用2種以上。又,眾所周知的高分子化合物亦可並用1種 以上後述的高分子化合物,而且’亦可單獨使用後的高分 子化合物。 以下,更詳細地說明非離子性的高分子化合物。 非離子性的高分子化合物係以下述通式(丨n所示者爲 佳。 200904907 通式(π) (A1—RVRt) 在前述式(丨1),A1係表示含有選自酸性基、具有鹼性 氮原子的基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之 基、碳數4以上的烴基’烷氧基砂院基、環氧基、異氰酸 酯基及羥基的基之1價的有機基’或含有亦可以具有取代 基的有機色料結構或雜環之1價的有機基。n個A1可以相 同亦可以不同。 具體上,A1沒有特別限定’前述「具有酸性基之1價 的有機基」可舉出例如具有羧酸基、磺酸基、單硫酸酯基、 磷酸基、單磷酸酯基、硼酸基等之1價的有機基。又,前 述「具有鹼性氮原子的基之1價的有機基」,可舉出例如 具有胺基(-NH2)之1價的有機基,具有取代胺基卜NHR8、 -NRl1%之1價的有機基(在此,r8、R9及Rl〇係各自獨立 地表示碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數6以上、2〇以下的芳基、 或是碳數7以上、30以下的芳烷基)、具有下述通式(al)所 不狐基之1價的有機基[通式(al)中,Ral及Ra2係各自獨立 地表示碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數6以上、20以下的芳基、 或是碳數7以上30以下的芳烷基]、下述通式(&2)所示之具 有眯基之1價的有機基[通式(a2)中,Ra3及係各自獨耷T) The molecular weight of these low molecular compounds may be as small as less than 1000. When it is more than 1 Torr, the properties of the polymer compound appear, and it is difficult to coagulate the nanoparticles. The lower limit 该 of the molecular weight is not particularly limited, and is usually 40 or more. Hereinafter, the polymer compound will be described in more detail. In a preferred embodiment, the dispersing agent of the aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles is nonionic, particularly alkaline, in the same manner as the low molecular compound, and the polymer compound is preferably nonionic, particularly acidic, and is water-based. The dispersing agent of the dispersion is cationic, and the polymer compound is preferably anionic. In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound is preferably 1,000 or more. There is no special upper limit, preferably 3 000 000 or less, and preferably 300 000 or less. Specific examples of the polymer compound which can be used in the present invention include "Disperbyk-110 (acid group-containing copolymer), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd. 166, 170 (polymer copolymer), "BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid), EFKA 4047, 4050, 4010, 4165 (polyurethane), EFKA43 3 0, 4340 (block copolymer), -40 - 200904907 4400, 4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5010 (polyester decylamine), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester) ΑΠΝΟΜΟΤΟ "AJISPARPB821, PB822" manufactured by FINETECHNO Co., Ltd., "FROLEN TG-710 (urethane oligomer)", "POLYFRON〇.50E, Νο·300" (pronounced acid copolymer) )", Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd. "DISPARON KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), #7〇〇4 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA-705, DA- 725", Kao Corporation "DEMOL RN, N (naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonic acid Fuma) Polycondensate)", "HOMO GENOL L-18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid)", "EMAGEN920' 93 0, 93 5, 9 8 5 (polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether)", "ACETAMINE86 (stearin) "Amine acetate"", manufactured by LUBRIZOL Co., Ltd. "SOLUSPARS 5 5 00 (graft type polymer), 1 3240 (polyester type amine), 3 000, 1 7000, 27000 (polymer having a functional part at the end) , 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (grafted polymer)", "Nikon KK 0 LT 1 0 6 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene) manufactured by Nikko Chemical Co., Ltd. Monostearate) and the like. As the polymer compound of the present invention, a known polymer compound can be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. Further, a well-known polymer compound may be used in combination with one or more kinds of polymer compounds described later, and 'a polymer compound which can be used alone. Hereinafter, the nonionic polymer compound will be described in more detail. The nonionic polymer compound is preferably represented by the following formula (丨n. 200904907 Formula (π) (A1 - RVRt) In the above formula (丨1), A1 represents a component selected from an acidic group and has a base of a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a urethane group, a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 4 or more, an alkoxy sand group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a hydroxyl group The monovalent organic group 'or contains an organic coloring material structure which may have a substituent or a monovalent organic group of a heterocyclic ring. The n A1's may be the same or different. Specifically, A1 is not particularly limited to the above-mentioned "acidic" The monovalent organic group having a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a monosulfate group, a phosphoric acid group, a monophosphate group, or a boric acid group, for example, may have a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group of the nitrogen atom group include a monovalent organic group having an amine group (-NH2), and a monovalent organic group having a substituted amino group NHR8 and -NR11% (here) , r8, R9 and R1 are each independently represented by an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and having a carbon number of 6 or more and 2 or less. Or an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 or more and 30 or less, and a monovalent organic group having a fox group of the following formula (al); in the formula (al), Ral and Ra2 are each independently represented An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, 20 or less, or an aralkyl group having 7 or more and 30 or less carbon atoms, and a mercapto group represented by the following formula (& 2) a monovalent organic group [in the formula (a2), Ra3 and each of them are independent

200904907 前述「具有脲基之1價的有機基」,可舉出例如 ->^(:〇>^1115(在此’1115係表示氫原子碳數1〜20的烷基、 碳數6以上、20以下的芳基、或是碳數7以上、30以下的 芳烷基)等。 前述「具有胺基甲酸酯基之1價的有機基」可舉出例 如-NHCOOR16、-0C0NHR17(在此,R16及R17係各自獨立 地表示碳數1〜20的烷基、碳數6以上、20以下的芳基、 或是碳數7以上、30以下的芳烷基)等。 前述「具有“具有配位性氧原子之基”之1價的有機 基」可舉出例如具有乙酸丙酮酸基之基、具有冠醚之基等。 前述「具有碳數4以上的烴基之1價的有機基」可舉 出例如碳數4以上的烷基(例如,辛基、十二烷基等),碳 數6以上的芳基(例如苯基、萘基等)、碳數7以上的芳烷 基(例如苄基等)等。此等碳數沒有上限,以30以下爲佳。 前述「具有烷氧基矽烷基之1價的有機基」可舉出例如具 有三甲氧基矽烷基、三乙氧基矽烷基等之基。 前述「具有環氧基之基」可舉出例如具有環氧丙基等 之基。 前述「具有異氰酸酯基之基」可舉出例如3·異氰酸两 基等。 前述「具有羥基之基」可舉出例如3-羥丙基等。 前述A1以選自含有酸性基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、脲 基及碳數4以上的烴基之1價的有機基爲佳。 又,前述有機色料結構或雜環沒有特別限定,更具體 -43 -200904907 The above-mentioned "monovalent organic group having a ureido group" is, for example, -> (: 〇 > 1115 (herein, '1115 is an alkyl group having a hydrogen atom having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6) The above-mentioned aryl group of 20 or less, or an aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 or more and 30 or less. The above-mentioned "monovalent organic group having a urethane group" may, for example, be -NHCOOR16 or -0C0NHR17 ( Here, R16 and R17 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, 20 or less aryl groups having a carbon number of 7 or more and 30 or less, and the like. The monovalent organic group having a "coordinating oxygen atom group" includes, for example, a group having a acetic acid pyruvic acid group, a group having a crown ether, etc. The above-mentioned "monovalent organic group having a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms" Examples of the group include an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms (for example, an octyl group or a dodecyl group), an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group), and an aralkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms. The base (for example, benzyl group, etc.), etc. There is no upper limit of the number of carbon atoms, and it is preferably 30 or less. The above-mentioned "monovalent organic group having an alkoxyalkyl group" is exemplified. The group having a trimethoxyalkyl group, a triethoxyalkyl group, and the like. The "group having an epoxy group" may, for example, be a group having a glycidyl group. The "group having an isocyanate group" may be mentioned. For example, the above-mentioned "isocyanic acid group" may, for example, be a 3-hydroxypropyl group. The above A1 is selected from a group containing an acidic group, a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, and a carbon number. The monovalent organic group of the hydrocarbon group of 4 or more is preferred. Further, the above organic colorant structure or heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, more specifically -43 -

200904907 地,有機色料結構可舉出例如酞菁化合物、不溶性 合物、可溶性偶氮化合物、蒽醌化合物、喹吖酮化 二曙阱化合物、二氧代吡咯并吡咯化合物、 (anthrapyridine)化合物、蒽嵌蒽醌(anthanthron)化 標準還原藍化合物、黃蒽酮化合物、紫環酮化合物 合物、硫靛藍化合物等。又,雜環可舉出例如噻吩 咕噸、吡咯、吡咯啉、吡咯啶、二氧雜戊環、吡唑 吡哇陡、咪哗、二噚嗤、噻哩、噚二B坐、三哩、噻 吡喃 '吡啶、哌啶、二噚烷、味啉、嗒阱、嘧啶、 三哄、三聚甲硫醛、異吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮、苯并 琥珀醯亞胺、酞醯亞胺、萘二甲醯亞胺、海因、吲 啉、昨唑、吖啶、吖啶酮及蒽醌等。 又’前述有機色料結構或雜環亦可具有取代基 代基可舉出例如甲基、乙基等碳數1〜20的烷基、 萘基等碳數6〜16的芳基、羥基、胺基、羧基、磺魎 N -磺醯胺基、乙醯氧基等碳數1〜6之醯氧基、甲氧 氧基等碳數1〜6之烷氧基、氯、溴等鹵素原子、甲 基、乙氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基等碳數2〜7的烷 基、氰基及第三丁基碳酸酯等碳酸酯等。 又’ BU述A 1以使用下述通式(4 )所示之價的有 佳。 通式(4) 偶氮化 合物、 氮染蒽 合物、 、茈化 、呋喃、 、吡啉、 二口坐、 哌阱、 咪唑、 哚、喹 ,該取 苯基、 【胺基、 基、乙 甘脏 氧基厥 機基爲 -44- 200904907 在前述通式(4),B1係表示含有選自酸性基、具有鹼性 氣原子的基、脈基、肢基甲酸醋基、具有配位性氧原子之 基、碳數4以上的烴基’烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸 酯基及羥基之基’或表示亦可以具有取代基的有機色料結 構或雜環,R18係表示單鍵或al價的有機或無機連結基。 al係表示1〜5’ al個B1可以相同或不同。 在通式(4)所示的基之較佳態樣係與前述a1同義,較 佳之態樣亦同樣,前述有機色料結構或雜環可舉出例如酞 菁化合物、不溶性偶氮化合物、可溶性偶氮化合物、蒽醌 化合物、喹吖酮化合物、二噚畊化合物、二氧代吡咯并耻 咯化合物、氮染蒽(anthrapyridine)化合物、蒽嵌蒽醌 (anthanthron)化合物 '標準還原藍化合物、黃蒽酮化合物、 紫環酮化合物、茈化合物、硫靛藍化合物等有機色料結構, 可舉出例如如噻吩、呋喃、咕噸、吡咯、吡咯啉、吡咯啶、 二氧雜戊環、吡唑、吡啉、吡唑啶、咪唑、二噚唑、噻唑、 曙二唑、三唑、噻二唑、吡喃、吡啶、哌啶、二卩f唑、味 啉、嗒畊、嘧啶、哌阱、三阱、三聚甲硫醛、異吲哚啉、 異吲哚啉酮、苯并咪唑、琥珀醯亞胺、酞醯亞胺、萘二甲 醯亞胺、海因、吲哚、喹啉、咔唑、吖啶、吖啶酮及蒽醌 等雜環。 又,前述有機色料結構或雜環亦可具有取代基’該取 代基可舉出例如甲基 '乙基等碳數1〜20的烷基、苯基、 萘基等碳數6〜16的芳基、羥基、胺基、殘基、磺醯胺基、 N-磺醯胺基、乙醯氧基等碳數1〜6之醯氧基、甲氧基、乙 -45 - 200904907 氧基等碳數1〜6之烷氧基、氯、溴等鹵素原子、甲氧基羰 基、乙氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基等碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰 基、氰基、第三丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 R18係表示單鍵或al + Ι價的連結基,al係表示1〜5。 連結基R18包含由1〜100個碳原子、〇〜1〇個氮原子、0 〜50個氧原子、1〜200個氫原子及〇〜20個硫原子所構成 的基’可以是無取代、亦可以更具有取代基。R18以有機連 結基爲佳。 R18之具體例,可舉出下述結構單位或組合該結構單位 所構成的基。又,該連結基R18亦可具有前述取代基T。 —έ-ο- I ^ ^ -^― ^- —(p— — (ί-1) (t-2) (t-3) (t-4) (t-5) (t-6) (t-7) (t-8) (t-9) (t-1〇) 4-ν- Η -—〇-C~N_ 0 0 o -一 N-C—C*N— —έ-Ν— H -艮N- (t-13) (t-14) (t-15) (t-16) (t-17) (t-18) -G*N- H 一 —— I —- ΗΗ>*^ϊ- —C*G (t-20) (t-21) (t-22) (t-23) (t-24) (t-25) (t-26) (t-19) ο Μ -s-200904907 The organic colorant structure may, for example, be a phthalocyanine compound, an insoluble complex, a soluble azo compound, a hydrazine compound, a quinacridone dioxane compound, a dioxopyrrolopyrrole compound, an anthrapyridine compound, Anthonythroline standard reduction blue compound, xanthone compound, purple ring ketone compound, thioindigo compound, and the like. Further, examples of the heterocyclic ring include thiophene oxime, pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, dioxapentane, pyrazolopyran, imipenem, diterpene, thiazide, fluorene b, and triterpenoid. Thiadipyran, pyridine, piperidine, dioxane, porphyrin, hydrazine, pyrimidine, triterpene, trimeric methyl aldehyde, isoporphyrin, isoindolinone, benzoanisoleimide, hydrazine Imine, naphthyl imine, hydantoin, porphyrin, oxazolidine, acridine, acridone and hydrazine. Further, the above-mentioned organic colorant structure or heterocyclic ring may have a substituent group, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a naphthyl group, and a hydroxyl group. Alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as an amine group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonium N-sulfonylamino group or an ethoxycarbonyl group; a halogen atom having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a methoxy group; A carbon group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, or a carbonate such as a cyano group or a third butyl carbonate. Further, it is preferable that the BU described A 1 to be a price represented by the following formula (4). General formula (4) azo compound, nitrogen dye complex, sulfonate, furan, pyroline, sedative, pipe trap, imidazole, hydrazine, quinine, the phenyl group, [amine group, base, B The glycosyloxy oxime is -44- 200904907. In the above formula (4), B1 represents a group containing a group selected from an acidic group, having a basic gas atom, a sulfhydryl group, an excipient carboxylic acid group, and having a complex property. a group of an oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group of 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a hydroxyl group, or an organic colorant structure or a heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, and R18 represents a single bond. Or an organic or inorganic linking group of the price of al. The al system indicates that 1 to 5' al B1 may be the same or different. The preferred embodiment of the group represented by the formula (4) is synonymous with the above a1, and preferably, the organic colorant structure or heterocyclic ring may, for example, be a phthalocyanine compound, an insoluble azo compound, or soluble. Azo compound, hydrazine compound, quinophthalone compound, diterpene compound, dioxopyrrole porphyrin compound, anthrapyridine compound, antihanthron compound 'standard reduction blue compound, yellow Examples of the organic colorant structure such as an anthrone compound, a purple ring ketone compound, an anthraquinone compound, and a thioindigo compound include, for example, thiophene, furan, xanthene, pyrrole, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, dioxolane, pyrazole, Pyridin, pyrazole, imidazole, dioxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, pyran, pyridine, piperidine, dioxazole, porphyrin, hydrazine, pyrimidine, pipe trap, Tri-trap, trimeric methyl aldehyde, isoporphyrin, isoindolinone, benzimidazole, amber imine, quinone imine, naphthyl imine, hydantoin, quinone, quinoline, Heterocycles such as carbazole, acridine, acridone and hydrazine. Further, the organic coloring material structure or the heterocyclic ring may have a substituent. The substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl 'ethyl group, or a carbon number of 6 to 16 such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. An aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a residue, a sulfonylamino group, an N-sulfonylamino group, an ethoxylated group, a methoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a methoxy group, a B-45 - 200904907 oxy group, etc. Alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom such as chlorine or bromine, a methoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms; a cyano group; A carbonate group or the like such as a carbonate. R18 represents a single bond or a linkage of al + valence, and a system represents 1 to 5. The linking group R18 includes a group consisting of 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 〇~1 氮 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 〇~20 sulfur atoms, which may be unsubstituted, It may also have a more substituent. R18 is preferably an organic linking group. Specific examples of R18 include the following structural units or a combination of the structural units. Further, the linking group R18 may have the aforementioned substituent T. —έ-ο- I ^ ^ -^― ^- —(p— — (ί-1) (t-2) (t-3) (t-4) (t-5) (t-6) (t -7) (t-8) (t-9) (t-1〇) 4-ν- Η -〇〇-C~N_ 0 0 o -One NC—C*N—έέ—Ν—H -艮N- (t-13) (t-14) (t-15) (t-16) (t-17) (t-18) -G*N- H I——I —- ΗΗ>*^ϊ- —C*G (t-20) (t-21) (t-22) (t-23) (t-24) (t-25) (t-26) (t-19) ο Μ -s-

II Ο (t-11) (t-12) (t-27) (^28) (t-29) (t_30) (t-31) (t-32) (t-33) (t-34) 又,上述之中,具有取代基Rl8時’該取代基可舉出 例如甲基、乙基等碳數1〜20的烷基、苯基、萘基等碳數 -46- 200904907 6〜16的芳基、羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N -磺醯胺 基、乙醯氧基等碳數1〜6之醯氧基、甲氧基、乙氧基等碳 數1〜6之烷氧基、氯、溴等鹵素原子、甲氧基羰基、乙氧 基羰基、環己氧基羰基等碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基、氰基、 第三丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯基等。 前述通式(11)中,R1係表示(m + n)價的連結基,m + n係 表示3〜1 0。 前述R1所示(m + n)價的連結基,包含由1〜100個碳原 子、0〜10個氮原子、0〜50個氧原子、1〜200個氫原子 及0〜20個硫原子所構成的基,可以是無取代、亦可以更 具有取代基。R1以有機連結基爲佳。 R1的具體例可舉出前述(t-Ι)〜(t-34)的結構單位或是 該結構單位組合而構成的基(亦可形成環結構)。 上述的連結基具有取代基時’該取代基可舉出例如甲 基、乙基等碳數1〜20的烷基、苯基、萘基等碳數6〜16 的芳基、羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N-磺醯胺基、乙 醯氧基等碳數1〜6之醯氧基、甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數 6之烷氧基、氯、溴等鹵素原子、甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰 基、環己氧基滕基等碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基、氰基、第三 丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯等。 R2係表币單鍵或2價的連結基’R包含由1〜1〇〇個 碳原子、〇〜10個氮原子、0〜50個氧原子、1〜200個氫 原子及0〜20個硫原子所構成的基’可以是無取代、亦可 以更具有取代基。r2以有機連結基爲佳。 -47 - 200904907 R2的具體例可舉出前述t-3、4、7〜18、22〜26、32、 3 4的結構單位或是該結構單位組合所構成的基。 上述之中,R2具有取代基時,該取代基可舉出例如甲 基、乙基等碳數1〜20的烷基、苯基、萘基等碳數6〜16 的芳基、羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N —磺醯胺基、乙 醯氧基等碳數1〜6之酸氧基、甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1〜 6之烷氧基、氯、溴等鹵素原子、甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰 基、環己氧基羰基等碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基、氰基、第三 丁基碳酸酯等的碳酸酯等。 前述通式(11)中,m係表示1〜8的整數。!1!以1〜5 爲佳’以1〜3爲更佳,以1〜2爲特佳。 又’ η係表示2〜9的整數。η以2〜8爲佳,以2〜7 爲更佳,以3〜6爲特佳。 前述通式(11)中,Ρ1係表示高分子殘基,能夠按照目 的等而選自通常的聚合物等。 聚合物之中’構成高分子骨架係以選自由乙稀系單體 的聚合物或共聚物、酯系化合物聚合物、醚系化合物聚合 物、胺基甲酸酯系化合物聚合物、醯胺系化合物聚合物、 環氧系化合物聚合物、矽系化合物聚合物及此等的改性 物、或共聚物[例如,聚醚/聚胺基甲酸酯共聚物、聚酸/乙 烯系單體的聚合物之共聚物等(無規共聚物、嵌段共聚物、 接枝共聚物中任一者都可)]所組成群組中至少一種爲佳, 以乙烯系單體或共聚、酯系化合物聚合物、醚系化合物聚 合物、胺基甲酸酯系化合物聚合物及此等的改性物、或共 -48 - 200904907 聚物所組成群組中至少一種爲佳,以乙烯系單體的聚合物 或共聚物爲特佳。 而且,前述聚合物以可溶於有機溶劑爲佳。與有機溶 劑之親和性低時,例如使用作爲顏料分散劑時,會有與分 散介質的親和性差,對分散安定化無法確保充分的吸附層 之情形。 前述通式(1 1)所示化合物中,以下述通式(12)所示高分 子化合物爲更佳。 JA2-Rl-sJ-R^S-R5~P2)y 通式(12) 在前述通式(12),A2係與述通式(11)之A1同義,其具 體上的較佳態樣同樣,有機色料結構的具體例以酞菁化合 物、可溶性偶氮化合物、蒽醌化合物、二噚畊化合物及二 氧代吡咯并吡咯化合物等爲更佳,雜環以咪唑、三唑、吡 啶、哌啶、味啉、三阱、異吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮、苯并咪 唑、苯并噻唑、琥珀醯亞胺、酞醯亞胺、萘二甲醯亞胺、 海因、吲哚、唾啉、咔唑、吖啶、吖啶酮及蒽醌等爲更佳。 又’與A 1同樣地亦可具有取代基,該取代基可以是與 在A1時同樣’較佳態樣亦同樣。 而且’ A2係以前述通式(4)所示之1價的有機基爲佳’ 該有機基的詳細及具體例、較佳態樣係同樣。 在前述通式(12),R3係表示(x + y)價的連結基。前述R3 所示之(x + y)價的連結基包含由1〜60個碳原子、〇〜1〇個 氮原子' 〇〜50個氧原子、ι〜100個氫原子及〇〜20個硫 -49 - 200904907 原子所構成的基,可以是無取代、亦可以更具有取代基。 前述R3所示之(χ + y)價的連結基係與在前述 R1之 (m + n)價之連結基同義,其較佳態樣亦同樣。又,具體上的 例子可舉出前述同樣的結構單位或是該結構單位組合所構 成的基。 該等之中,R3所示之連結基係以有機連結基爲佳,該 有機連結基之較佳具體例[具體例(r-Ι)〜(r-17)]係如以下 所示。但是在本發明未限定於此等。 -ch2-ch; 1—CHj ^CH^—O-G—CH2~CH2— H3G^ri^NCH2-0-G-CH2~CH2- (Γ-1) 2Η2*·6~0. 9 CH2 CHi一 (r-2) H3C3~Cti CH2-〇-〇-CH2— --ch2~ch2-nh· !-6h 0 ( Γ一 3) G-MH—CH2-CM2· N>f2-〇-G-NH--CH2-CH2-II Ο (t-11) (t-12) (t-27) (^28) (t-29) (t_30) (t-31) (t-32) (t-33) (t-34) In the above, when the substituent R18 is present, the substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, or a carbon number such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group-46-200904907 6 to 16 a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a methoxy group, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-sulfonylamino group or an ethoxycarbonyl group; Carbonic acid having a carbon number of 2 to 7 such as a halogen atom such as alkoxy group, chlorine or bromine, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, or a carbonic acid such as a cyano group or a butyl carbonate. Ester group and the like. In the above formula (11), R1 represents a (m + n)-valent linking group, and m + n represents 3 to 10. The (m + n)-valent linking group represented by the above R1 includes 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 sulfur atoms. The group to be formed may be unsubstituted or may have a more substituent. R1 is preferably an organic linking group. Specific examples of R1 include a structural unit of the above (t-Ι) to (t-34) or a group composed of a combination of the structural units (which may also form a ring structure). When the above-mentioned linking group has a substituent, the substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, a hydroxyl group or an amine group. a carboxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-sulfonylamino group or an acetoxy group, a methoxy group such as a methoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, chlorine, bromine, etc. A carbonate having 2 to 7 carbon atoms such as a halogen atom, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxy group, a carbonate such as a cyano group or a t-butyl carbonate, or the like. R2 is a single bond or a divalent linking group 'R comprising 1 to 1 carbon atoms, 〇 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 The group 'constituted by the sulfur atom' may be unsubstituted or may have a more substituent. R2 is preferably an organic linking group. -47 - 200904907 Specific examples of R2 include the structural units of the above t-3, 4, 7 to 18, 22 to 26, 32, and 34, or a combination of the structural unit combinations. In the above, when R2 has a substituent, the substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, a hydroxyl group or an amine group. Alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a carboxyl group, a carboxy group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-sulfonylamino group or an ethoxylated oxy group, a methoxy group such as a methoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or the like And a carbonate such as a halogen atom such as bromine, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, or a carbonate such as alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 7 or a cyano group or a butyl carbonate. In the above formula (11), m represents an integer of 1 to 8. ! 1! It is better to use 1~5. It is better to use 1~3, and 1~2 is especially good. Further, the η system represents an integer of 2 to 9. η is preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 2 to 7, and particularly preferably 3 to 6. In the above formula (11), hydrazine 1 represents a polymer residue, and can be selected from a usual polymer or the like according to the purpose and the like. Among the polymers, the polymer skeleton is selected from a polymer or copolymer derived from an ethylene monomer, an ester compound polymer, an ether compound polymer, a urethane compound polymer, and a guanamine system. a compound polymer, an epoxy compound polymer, a lanthanide polymer, and the like, or a copolymer (for example, a polyether/polyurethane copolymer, a polyacid/vinyl monomer) At least one of the group consisting of a copolymer of a polymer (any of a random copolymer, a block copolymer, and a graft copolymer) is preferably a vinyl monomer or a copolymerized or ester compound. At least one of a group consisting of a polymer, an ether compound polymer, a urethane compound polymer, and the like, or a group of a total of -48 - 200904907 polymer, preferably a vinyl monomer Polymers or copolymers are particularly preferred. Further, the aforementioned polymer is preferably soluble in an organic solvent. When the affinity with an organic solvent is low, for example, when it is used as a pigment dispersant, affinity with a dispersing medium may be inferior, and a sufficient adsorption layer may not be secured for dispersion stabilization. Among the compounds represented by the above formula (1 1), a polymer compound represented by the following formula (12) is more preferable. JA2-Rl-sJ-R^S-R5~P2)y General formula (12) In the above formula (12), the A2 system is synonymous with A1 of the above formula (11), and the specific preferred embodiment thereof is the same Specific examples of the organic colorant structure are preferably a phthalocyanine compound, a soluble azo compound, an anthraquinone compound, a diterpene compound, a dioxopyrrolopyrrole compound, or the like, and the heterocyclic ring is an imidazole, a triazole, a pyridine, or a piperidine. Pyridine, porphyrin, triple trap, isoporphyrin, isoindolinone, benzimidazole, benzothiazole, amber imine, quinone imine, naphthyl imine, hydantoin, hydrazine, Salino, carbazole, acridine, acridone and anthraquinone are more preferred. Further, the substituent may have a substituent similarly to A1, and the substituent may be the same as in the case of A1. Further, 'A2 is preferably a monovalent organic group represented by the above formula (4)'. The details, specific examples, and preferred aspects of the organic group are the same. In the above formula (12), R3 represents a (x + y) valent linking group. The (x + y) valent linking group represented by the above R3 includes from 1 to 60 carbon atoms, 〇1 to 1 氮 nitrogen atom '〇~50 oxygen atoms, ι~100 hydrogen atoms, and 〇~20 sulfur -49 - 200904907 The group consisting of atoms may be unsubstituted or substituted. The (χ + y)-valent linking group represented by the above R3 is synonymous with the (m + n)-valent linking group of the above R1, and the preferred embodiment thereof is also the same. Further, specific examples include the same structural unit or a combination of the structural unit combinations. Among these, the linking group represented by R3 is preferably an organic linking group, and a preferred specific example of the organic linking group [specific examples (r-Ι) to (r-17)] is as follows. However, the present invention is not limited to this. -ch2-ch; 1—CHj ^CH^—OG—CH2~CH2—H3G^ri^NCH2-0-G-CH2~CH2- (Γ-1) 2Η2*·6~0. 9 CH2 CHi一(r -2) H3C3~Cti CH2-〇-〇-CH2— --ch2~ch2-nh· !-6h 0 (Γ一3) G-MH—CH2-CM2· N>f2-〇-G-NH-- CH2-CH2-

0—CHZ ^CHa-O (r-4) CHi.CH2-〇-〇-〇--CH2--CH2- —CH「CH2~0~~0-0~Cl HaO-Cfir'^CHj-O-G-O-CHz-CHs*0—CHZ ^CHa-O (r-4) CHi.CH2-〇-〇-〇--CH2--CH2-—CH “CH2~0~~0-0~Cl HaO-Cfir'^CHj-OGO- CHz-CHs*

-50- 200904907 -ΟΗϋ-ΟΗϊ-^-Ο-Ο·^、CH2~0*^~CH2-CH2- (「】〇) 产^HrO-^CHi- 丨丨)-50- 200904907 -ΟΗϋ-ΟΗϊ-^-Ο-Ο·^, CH2~0*^~CH2-CH2- ("】〇) Production ^HrO-^CHi- 丨丨)

上述之中,從原料的取得性、合成的容易性' 在各種 溶劑中的溶解性的觀點,以上述(r-1)、(r-2)、(r-ΙΟ)、 (r-1 1)、(r-16)及(r_i7)的基爲佳。 又,上述的R3具有取代基時’該取代基可舉出例如甲 基、乙基等碳數1〜20的烷基、苯基、萘基等碳數6〜16 的芳基、羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N -磺醯胺基、乙 醯氧基等碳數1〜6之醯氧基、甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1〜 6之烷氧基、氯、溴等鹵素原子、甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羯 基、環己氧基羰基等碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基、氰基、第三 丁基碳酸酯等碳酸酯等。 在前述通式(12),1^4及r5係各自獨立地表示單鍵或2 價的連結基。 前述R4、R5所示之「2價的連結基」亦可具有取代基’ 以直鏈、分枝、或環狀的伸烷基、伸芳基、或是伸芳烷基、 200904907 -Ο-、-S-、-C( = 0)-、-N(R19)-、-SO-、-S〇2_、-C〇2-、 -N(R2C))S〇2-、或組合2個以上該等的基而成之2價基爲佳 (前述R19及R2G係各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1〜4的烷 基)。其中以有機連結基爲佳。 前述R4以直鏈、或分枝的伸烷基或伸芳烷基、-〇_、 -C( = 0)-、-N(R19)-、-S〇2-、-C02-、-N(R20)SO2-(前述 R19 及R2<)係各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1〜4個的烷基)、 或組合2個以上該等的基而成之2價基爲更佳,以直鏈、 或分枝的伸烷基或伸芳烷基、-C( = 0)-、-N(R19)-(前 述R19表示氫原子或碳數1〜4個的烷基)、或-C02-'或組 合2個以上該等的基而成之2價基爲特佳。 前述R5以直鏈、或分枝的伸烷基或伸芳烷基、-0-、 -C( = 0)-、-N(R19)-、-S02-、-C02-、-N(R20)S〇2-(前述 R19 表示氫原子或碳數1〜4個的烷基)、或組合2個以上該等 的基而成之2價基爲更佳,以直鏈、或分枝的伸烷基或伸 芳烷基、-〇-、-C( = 〇)-、-N(R19)-(前述R19表示氫原子或 碳數1〜4個的烷基)、或-CO 2-、或組合2個以上該等的基 而成之2價基爲特佳。 又,前述R4、R5具有取代基時,該取代基可舉出例如 甲基、乙基等碳數1〜20的烷基、苯基、萘基等碳數6〜 16的芳基、羥基、胺基 '羰基、磺醯胺基、N-磺醯胺基、 乙醯氧基等碳數1〜6之醯氧基、甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1 〜6之烷氧基、氯、溴等鹵素原子、甲氧基羰基、乙氧基 羰基、環己氧基羰基等碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基、氰基及第 -52 - 200904907 三丁基碳酸酯等碳酸酯等。 前述通式(12)中’ y係表示1〜8’以1〜5爲佳,以1 〜3爲更佳,以1〜2爲特佳。又,X係表示2〜9,以2〜8 爲佳,以2〜7爲更佳’以3〜6爲特佳。 又,通式(12)中的P2係表示高分子殘基,能夠按照目 的等而選自通常的聚合物等。聚合物的較佳態樣係與在前 述通式(1 1)之P 1同義,其較佳態樣亦同樣。 前述通式(12)所示之高分子化合物之中,特別是R3係 表示前述具體例(r-1)、 (r-2)、 (r-10)、 (r-ii)、 (r_16)或 (r-17),R4係表示單鍵、直鏈、分枝的伸烷基、伸芳烷基、 -〇-、-S-、-C( = 0)-、-N(R19)-(前述 R19 及 R2G 係各自獨立 地表示氫原子或碳數1〜4的烷基)、-C02-、或組合2個以 上該等的基而成之2價基,R5係單鍵、乙烯基、丙烯基、 或下述通式(s-a)或(s-b)所示之連結基,P2係乙烯系單體的 聚合物或共聚物、酯化合物聚合、醚化合物聚合物、胺基 甲酸酯系聚合物、或此等的改性物,y係1〜2 ’ x係3〜6 之高分子化合物爲特佳。又,下述基中,R21係氫原子或甲 基,1係表示1或2。Among the above, (r-1), (r-2), (r-ΙΟ), (r-1 1) from the viewpoints of solubility in raw materials and easiness of synthesis' in various solvents. The basis of (), (r-16) and (r_i7) is preferred. In the case where the above R3 has a substituent, the substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, a hydroxyl group or an amine group. Alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a carboxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-sulfonylamino group or an acetoxy group; And a carbonic acid ester such as a halogen atom such as bromine, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxylated fluorenyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms such as alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group or a third butyl carbonate. In the above formula (12), 1^4 and r5 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. The "divalent linking group" represented by the above R4 and R5 may have a substituent, a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group, 200904907 -Ο- , -S-, -C( = 0)-, -N(R19)-, -SO-, -S〇2_, -C〇2-, -N(R2C))S〇2-, or a combination of 2 The above-mentioned base group is preferably a divalent group (the above R19 and R2G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). Among them, an organic linking group is preferred. The aforementioned R4 is a linear or branched alkyl or aralkyl group, -〇_, -C(=0)-, -N(R19)-, -S〇2-, -C02-, -N (R20) SO2-(wherein R19 and R2<) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), or a divalent group obtained by combining two or more of these groups is more preferable. a linear or branched alkyl or aralkyl group, -C(=0)-, -N(R19)- (wherein R19 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), or -C02-' or a combination of two or more of these groups is particularly preferred. The aforementioned R5 is a linear or branched alkyl or aralkyl group, -0-, -C(=0)-, -N(R19)-, -S02-, -C02-, -N (R20). S〇2-(wherein R19 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), or a divalent group obtained by combining two or more of these groups is more preferably a straight chain or a branched An alkyl group or an aralkyl group, -〇-, -C(= 〇)-, -N(R19)- (wherein R19 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), or -CO 2- The divalent group formed by combining two or more of these groups is particularly preferable. In addition, when R4 and R5 have a substituent, the substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, or a hydroxyl group. Alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as an amino group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-sulfonylamino group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, having a carbon number of 1 to 6, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or the like; Alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 7 such as a halogen atom such as chlorine or bromine, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group; a cyano group; and a carbonate such as a -52 - 200904907 tributyl carbonate Wait. In the above formula (12), the term "y" indicates that 1 to 8' is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 1 to 2. Further, the X system indicates 2 to 9, preferably 2 to 8, and more preferably 2 to 7. '3 to 6 is particularly preferable. Further, P2 in the formula (12) represents a polymer residue, and can be selected from a usual polymer or the like according to the purpose and the like. The preferred embodiment of the polymer is synonymous with P 1 of the above formula (1 1), and the preferred embodiment thereof is also the same. Among the polymer compounds represented by the above formula (12), particularly, R3 represents the specific examples (r-1), (r-2), (r-10), (r-ii), (r_16). Or (r-17), R4 represents a single bond, a straight chain, a branched alkyl group, an aralkyl group, -〇-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -N(R19)- (R19 and R2G each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), -C02-, or a divalent group obtained by combining two or more of these groups, and R5 is a single bond or a vinyl group. a propylene group, or a linking group represented by the following formula (sa) or (sb), a polymer or copolymer of a P2-based vinyl monomer, an ester compound polymerization, an ether compound polymer, or an urethane system A polymer or a modified product thereof is particularly preferable as a polymer compound having a y system of 1 to 2' x series 3 to 6. Further, in the following group, R21 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and 1 is 1 or 2.

0 (s-b) -CH2-CH—G-〇-CH2-CH2— 本發明之製法所使用的高分子化合物的質 -53 - 200904907 量爲1000以上,質量平均分子量以3000〜100000爲佳’ 以5000〜80000爲更佳,以7000〜60000爲特佳。質量平 均分子量在前述範圍內時’在聚合物的末端所導入複數個 官能基的效果能夠充分發揮’能夠發揮對固體表面的吸附 性、膠微粒形成性能。特別是使用本發明之高分子化合物 作爲顏料分散劑時’能夠達成良好的分散性及分散安定性。 前述通式(11)所示之高分子化合物(包含通式(12)所示 之物)沒有特別限制,能夠藉由下述方法合成。下述合成方 法中,從合成的容易性而言,以下述2、3、4、5等的合成 方法爲更佳,以下述3、4、5等的合成方法爲特佳。 1. 使在末端導入選自羧基、羥基、胺基等官能基之聚 合物、與具有複數個官能基(前述通式中之A1或A2)之酸鹵 化物、或具有複數個官能基(前述通式中之A1或A2)之烷基 鹵化物、或具有複數個官能基(前述通式中之A1或A2)之異 氰酸酯等進行高分子反應之方法。 2. 使在末端導入碳-碳雙鍵之聚合物、與具有複數個官 能基(前述通式中的A1或A2)之硫醇進行麥可加成反應之 方法。 3. 使在末端導入碳-碳雙鍵之聚合物、與具有複數個官 能基(前述通式中的A1或A2)之硫醇,在自由基產生劑的存 在下進行反應之方法。 4·使在末端導入複數硫醇之聚合物、與導入碳-碳雙鍵 之官能基(前述通式中的A1或A2),在自由基產生劑的存在 下進行反應之方法。 -54- 200904907 5.使具有複數個官能基(前述通式中的厂或A”之硫醇 化合物作爲鏈轉移劑,而使乙烯系單體進行自由基聚合之 方法。 上述之中,本發明的製法所使用之高分子化合物(較佳 是通式(1 2)所不之高分子化合物),例如能夠藉由上述2、 3、4、5中任一種的方法合成,從合成上的容易性而言, 以使用上述5的方法合成爲更佳。 更具體地,以使用下述通式(1 3 )所示化合物作爲鏈轉 移劑’來進行自由基聚合之方法爲佳。 (A3-RLS^-Rs十 SH)h 通式(13) 在前述通式(13),R6、R7、A3、g及h,各自係與在前 述通式(12)之R3、R4、A2、X及y同義,其較佳態樣亦相同。 前述乙烯系單體沒有特別限制,以例如(甲基)丙烯酸 酯類、巴豆酸酯類、乙烯酯類、順丁烯二酸二酯類、反丁 烯二酸二酯類、伊康酸二酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、乙烯 醚類、乙烯醇的酯類、苯乙烯類及(甲基)丙烯腈等爲佳。 如此的例子可舉出以下的化合物。 前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯類可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2_乙基己 -55 - 200904907 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸十八烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙醯氧基乙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-苯氧基-2-羥基 丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甘醇一甲基醚、 (甲基)丙烯酸二甘醇一乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一甲基 醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇 一甲基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇一乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸 /5-苯氧基乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯氧基聚乙二 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯氧基聚乙二酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環 戊烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三 氟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氟戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟辛基乙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三氟苯酯及(甲 基)丙烯酸三氟苯氧基乙酯等。 前述巴豆酸酯類可舉出例如巴豆酸丁酯、巴豆酸己酯 等。 前述乙烯酯類可舉出例如乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、 丁酸乙烯酯、甲氧基乙酸乙烯酯及苯甲酸乙烯酯等。 前述順丁烯二酸二酯類可舉出例如順丁烯二酸二甲 酯、順丁烯二酸二乙酯及順丁烯二酸二丁酯等。 前述反丁烯二酸二酯類可舉出例如反丁烯二酸二甲 酯、反丁烯二酸二乙酯及反丁烯二酸二丁酯等。 前述伊康酸二酯類可舉出例如伊康酸二甲酯、伊康酸 -56- 200904907 二乙酯及伊康酸二丁酯等。前述(甲基)丙烯醯胺可舉出例 如(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、N-丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯 胺、N-正丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-第三丁基(甲基)丙烯醯 胺、N-環己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲氧基乙基)(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苄基(甲基)丙烯醯 胺、(甲基)丙烯醯基味啉及二丙酮丙烯醯胺等。 前述苯乙烯類可舉出例如苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二甲 基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、 丁基苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、丁氧基苯乙烯、 乙醯氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、氯 甲基苯乙烯、藉由能夠使用酸性物質脫保護的基(例如第三 B〇c等)所保護之羥基苯乙烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯及^ -甲基 苯乙烯等。 前述乙烯醚類可舉出例如甲基乙烯醚、丁基乙烯醚、 己基乙烯醚及甲氧基乙基乙烯醚等。 除了上述化合物以外亦可使用(甲基)丙烯腈、乙烯基 取代的雜環基(例如乙烯基吡啶、乙烯基吡咯啶酮、乙烯基 咔唑等)、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N —乙烯基咪 唑及乙烯基己內酯等。 又,除了上述化合物以外亦可使用例如具有胺基甲酸 醋基、脲基、磺醯胺基、苯酚基、酿亞胺基等官能基之乙 烯系單體。具有此種胺基甲酸酯基、或脲基之單體,例如 -57 - 200904907 能夠利用異氰酸酯基與羥基、或胺基的加成反應來適當地 合成。具體上,能夠藉由使含有異氰酸酯基之單體、與含 有個羥基之化合物或含有1級或2級胺基之化合物進行加 成反應,或是藉由使含有羥基之單體或含有1級或2級胺 基之單體、與單異氰酸酯進行加成反應等而適當地合成。 可只使用一種上述乙烯系單體進行聚合,亦可並用2 種以上來進行聚合,此種自由基聚合物能夠藉由通常的方 法依照常用方法使各自相當的乙烯系單體進行聚合而得 到。 例如利用將此等的乙烯系單體及鏈轉移劑溶解在適當 的溶劑中,在此添加自由基聚合引發劑,在約50°C〜220 °C於溶液中進行聚合之方法(溶液聚合法)能夠得到。 在溶液聚合法能夠使用之適當溶劑的例子’能夠按照 所使用的單體及所生成共聚物的溶解性而任意地選擇。可 舉出例如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、i -甲氧基-2_丙醇、 乙酸1_甲氧基-2-丙酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、 乙酸甲氧基丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、四氫呋喃、 二甲基甲醯胺、氯仿及甲苯。此等溶劑亦可混合二種以上 而使用。 又,自由基聚合引發劑能夠利用如2,2’_偶氮雙(異丁 腈)(AIBN)、2,2,-偶氮雙-(2,4’_一甲基戊腈)之化合物、如 過氧化苯甲醯之過氧化物及過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨之過硫酸 鹽等。 前述通式(1 3)所示之化合物能夠使用以下方法等合 -58 - 200904907 成’從合成的容易性而言,以下述7的方法爲更佳。 6·從具有複數個官能基(前述通式中的A1或a2)之鹵化合物 變換成硫醇化合物之方法(可舉出使其與硫脲反應,進行水 解之方法,與NaSH直接反應之方法;與CH3COSNa反應, 水解之方法等)。 7.使一分子中具有3〜10個氫硫基之化合物、與具有官能 基(前述通式中的A1或A2),且能夠與氫硫基反應的官能基 之化合物進行加成反應之方法。 在前述方法7,「能夠與氫硫基反應的官能基」可適 合舉出的有酸鹵化物、烷基鹵化物、異氰酸酯、碳-碳雙鍵 等。 以「能夠與氫硫基反應的官能基」係碳-碳雙鍵,加成 反應係藉由自由基加成反應來合成爲特佳。碳-碳雙鍵從與 氫硫基的反應性而言,以1取代基或2取代基爲更佳。 前述「一分子中具有3〜1〇個氫硫基之化合物」的具 體例(18)〜(3 4),可舉出以下的化合物。 -59- 200904907 HS-CHj-CHa·0 (sb) -CH2-CH-G-〇-CH2-CH2 - The polymer compound used in the process of the present invention has a mass of -53 - 200904907 of 1000 or more, and a mass average molecular weight of 3,000 to 100,000 is preferable. ~80000 is better, with 7000~60000 as the best. When the mass average molecular weight is within the above range, the effect of introducing a plurality of functional groups at the terminal of the polymer can be sufficiently exhibited, and the adsorption property to the solid surface and the gel particle formation performance can be exhibited. In particular, when the polymer compound of the present invention is used as a pigment dispersant, good dispersibility and dispersion stability can be achieved. The polymer compound represented by the above formula (11) (including the compound represented by the formula (12)) is not particularly limited, and can be synthesized by the following method. In the synthesis method described below, the synthesis method of the following 2, 3, 4, and 5 is more preferable from the viewpoint of the ease of synthesis, and the synthesis method of the following 3, 4, and 5 is particularly preferable. 1. a polymer having a functional group selected from a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, or the like, an acid halide having a plurality of functional groups (A1 or A2 in the above formula), or a plurality of functional groups (described above) A method of polymerizing an alkyl halide of A1 or A2) or an isocyanate having a plurality of functional groups (A1 or A2 in the above formula). 2. A method of subjecting a polymer having a carbon-carbon double bond to a terminal to a methacryl addition reaction with a thiol having a plurality of functional groups (A1 or A2 in the above formula). 3. A method in which a polymer having a carbon-carbon double bond introduced at its end and a thiol having a plurality of functional groups (A1 or A2 in the above formula) are reacted in the presence of a radical generator. 4. A method of introducing a polymer of a plurality of thiols at a terminal and a functional group (A1 or A2 in the above formula) into which a carbon-carbon double bond is introduced, in the presence of a radical generator. -54-200904907 5. A method of radically polymerizing a vinyl monomer by using a thiol compound having a plurality of functional groups (factor or A in the above formula) as a chain transfer agent. The polymer compound (preferably a polymer compound not represented by the formula (1 2)) used in the production method can be synthesized, for example, by the method of any of the above 2, 3, 4, and 5, and is easy to synthesize. In particular, it is more preferably synthesized by the method of the above 5. More specifically, a method of performing radical polymerization using a compound represented by the following formula (13) as a chain transfer agent is preferred. RLS^-Rs 十 SH)h General formula (13) In the above formula (13), R6, R7, A3, g and h, each is in the above formula (12), R3, R4, A2, X and y is synonymous, and the preferred embodiment thereof is also the same. The vinyl monomer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include (meth) acrylates, crotonates, vinyl esters, maleic acid diesters, and anti-butyl groups. Oleic acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, (meth) acrylamides, vinyl ethers, esters of vinyl alcohol, benzene The above-mentioned compound is preferable to the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid ester, and the (meth)acrylic acid ester is exemplified by methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate. (Methyl) n-propyl acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) N-hexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, t-butylcyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexa-55 - 200904907 (meth)acrylate, third octyl (meth)acrylate Ester, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated ethyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyl (meth)acrylate Ethyl ester, 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, ( 3-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol (meth) acrylate Monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid poly Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate,/5-phenoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxy poly(meth)acrylate Ethylene glycol ester, nonylphenoxy polyethylene (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Fluoroethyl ester, octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate, perfluorooctyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, trifluorophenyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl) Trifluorophenoxyethyl acrylate or the like. The crotonate may, for example, be butyl crotonate or hexyl crotonate. Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, methoxyvinyl acetate, and vinyl benzoate. The maleic acid diester may, for example, be dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate or dibutyl maleate. Examples of the fumaric acid diester include dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, and dibutyl fumarate. Examples of the above-mentioned isonic acid diesters include dimethyl itaconate, diconic acid-56-200904907 diethyl ester, and dibutyl itaconate. The (meth) acrylamide may, for example, be (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propyl (A) Base acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-tert-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-cyclohexyl (Meth) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl)(methyl) acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(meth) acrylamide, N,N-diethyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, N-benzyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) acryl hydrazine, and diacetone acrylamide. Examples of the styrenes include styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethylstyrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, hydroxystyrene, and methoxy. Styrene, butoxy styrene, ethoxylated styrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, a group which can be deprotected by using an acidic substance (for example, the third B 〇 c, etc.) protected hydroxystyrene, methyl benzoate, and methyl styrene. Examples of the vinyl ethers include methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, and methoxyethyl vinyl ether. In addition to the above compounds, (meth)acrylonitrile, a vinyl-substituted heterocyclic group (for example, vinylpyridine, vinylpyrrolidone, vinylcarbazole, etc.), N-vinylformamide, N- may also be used. Vinyl acetamide, N-vinylimidazole and vinyl caprolactone. Further, in addition to the above compounds, for example, an ethylenic monomer having a functional group such as an amino carboxylic acid valerate group, a ureido group, a sulfonamide group, a phenol group or a brewed imino group can be used. A monomer having such a urethane group or a ureido group, for example, -57 - 200904907 can be appropriately synthesized by an addition reaction of an isocyanate group with a hydroxyl group or an amine group. Specifically, it is possible to carry out an addition reaction by a monomer containing an isocyanate group, a compound containing a hydroxyl group or a compound having a primary or secondary amine group, or by a monomer having a hydroxyl group or a grade 1 The monomer of the second-order amine group is subjected to an addition reaction with a monoisocyanate or the like and appropriately synthesized. The polymerization may be carried out using only one type of the above-mentioned vinyl monomer, or two or more types may be used in combination, and such a radical polymer can be obtained by polymerizing each of the equivalent vinyl monomers by a usual method in accordance with a usual method. For example, a method in which a vinyl monomer and a chain transfer agent are dissolved in a suitable solvent, a radical polymerization initiator is added thereto, and polymerization is carried out in a solution at about 50 to 220 ° C (solution polymerization method) ) can get. An example of a suitable solvent which can be used in the solution polymerization method can be arbitrarily selected in accordance with the solubility of the monomer to be used and the copolymer to be produced. For example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, i-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutylene can be mentioned. Ketone, methoxypropyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, chloroform and toluene. These solvents may be used in combination of two or more kinds. Further, the radical polymerization initiator can utilize a compound such as 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile) (AIBN), 2,2,-azobis-(2,4'-monomethylvaleronitrile) For example, peroxides of benzamidine peroxide and potassium persulfate, persulfate of ammonium persulfate, and the like. The compound represented by the above formula (13) can be more preferably used in the following manner from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis by the following method. 6. A method of converting a halogen compound having a plurality of functional groups (A1 or a2 in the above formula) into a thiol compound (a method of reacting with thiourea to carry out hydrolysis, and directly reacting with NaSH) ; reaction with CH3COSNa, hydrolysis method, etc.). 7. A method of subjecting a compound having 3 to 10 thiol groups in one molecule to a compound having a functional group (A1 or A2 in the above formula) and capable of reacting with a thio group . In the above method 7, the "functional group capable of reacting with a hydrogenthio group" may suitably be an acid halide, an alkyl halide, an isocyanate or a carbon-carbon double bond. The "functional group capable of reacting with a hydrogenthio group" is a carbon-carbon double bond, and the addition reaction is preferably carried out by a radical addition reaction. The carbon-carbon double bond is more preferably a 1-substituent or a 2-substituent from the reactivity with a thiol group. The following specific examples (18) to (34) of the "compound having 3 to 1 thiol group in one molecule" include the following compounds. -59- 200904907 HS-CHj-CHa·

, m〇\ HS-CHjt-G-O—CH2 〇 (υ-1δ) (U-19), m〇\ HS-CHjt-G-O—CH2 〇 (υ-1δ) (U-19)

Ij-O-g-CHi-CHj-SHIj-O-g-CHi-CHj-SH

SH 6-0—i •che xh2-SH 6-0—i •che xh2-

b-°TB-°T

(u-27) -CHrCHz-SH CH2-CH2-SH U-&—〇—CH2 ^^CH^-O-G—CH2-SH (U-28) HS-CHZ HS-CH2~〇-〇—CH^ ^CHz-O-G-C^-SH° ά (u-30) -o-ch2-ch2-sh(u-27) -CHrCHz-SH CH2-CH2-SH U-&-〇-CH2 ^^CH^-OG-CH2-SH (U-28) HS-CHZ HS-CH2~〇-〇-CH^ ^CHz-OGC^-SH° ά (u-30) -o-ch2-ch2-sh

.〇-ch2-ch2-sh.〇-ch2-ch2-sh

HS-CH2-CH2-NH~0-CHa ,CH2-0-^-NH-CiHs-CHa-SH HS-CH^CHa-NH—0-0-01¾ CH2-〇-G-NH—CH2-CH2-SH ά 0 (u-29) O 0 HS ^CH2- SH HS-CHrCHfO-J^Y^-O-CHrCHrSH 上0~CH2 CH; --CHrCH2~^~p (U-31) HS-CH2-*CH2~&-〇—CH2 ^CHg-OH^-Ci^-CHj-SH (U_33) HS-CHj-CiHj ^CHi-CH^-SH (jJ-32) HS-CHa-^-O-CHz^_/CHr〇~^-CHz-SH HS-CHrCHy-o-C, Hs-CHr〇)2-〇 HS—CHj—C:HS-CH2-CH2-NH~0-CHa,CH2-0-^-NH-CiHs-CHa-SH HS-CH^CHa-NH-0-0-013⁄4 CH2-〇-G-NH-CH2-CH2- SH ά 0 (u-29) O 0 HS ^CH2- SH HS-CHrCHfO-J^Y^-O-CHrCHrSH 0~CH2 CH; --CHrCH2~^~p (U-31) HS-CH2-* CH2~&-〇-CH2 ^CHg-OH^-Ci^-CHj-SH (U_33) HS-CHj-CiHj ^CHi-CH^-SH (jJ-32) HS-CHa-^-O-CHz^ _/CHr〇~^-CHz-SH HS-CHrCHy-oC, Hs-CHr〇)2-〇HS—CHj—C:

CC

'NCH2-〇-〇H:H2-CHrSH 0 /h2 'CH2- .-(--O-CH, ,CH^—〇'NCH2-〇-〇H:H2-CHrSH 0 /h2 'CH2- .-(--O-CH, ,CH^—〇

-CH2-SH HS-CH2-CH2 jL Xm^CH2-CH2-SH HS-CHz-G-O-C;M2、^/bnr HS-CHa Chf" \ 、CH2-CH2—SH HS-C^-G-O-CHr ^CHa-O-^-CHjr-SH (U~34) 上述之中,從原料的取得性,在各種溶中的溶解性之 觀點’以(U -18)、(U -19) ' (u -27)、(U -28)、(U -33)、(U -34) 爲佳。 具有官能基(前述通式中的A1或A2)、且具有碳-碳雙 鍵之化合物沒有特別限制’可舉出以下之物。 -60 - 200904907-CH2-SH HS-CH2-CH2 jL Xm^CH2-CH2-SH HS-CHz-GOC; M2, ^/bnr HS-CHa Chf" \ , CH2-CH2-SH HS-C^-GO-CHr ^CHa -O-^-CHjr-SH (U~34) Among the above, from the viewpoint of the availability of raw materials and the solubility in various solvents, 'U -18', (U -19) ' (u -27 ), (U -28), (U -33), (U -34) are preferred. The compound having a functional group (A1 or A2 in the above formula) and having a carbon-carbon double bond is not particularly limited, and the following may be mentioned. -60 - 200904907

200904907200904907

-62 - 200904907-62 - 200904907

-63 - 200904907-63 - 200904907

例如,使前述「一分子中具有3〜10個氫硫基之化合 物」、與前述「選自酸性基、具有鹼性氮原子之基、脲基、 胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基、碳數4以上的烴 基,烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基及羥基中至少1 種官能基、且具有碳-碳雙鍵化合物」進行自由基加成反應 生成物,係例如能夠利用使前述「一分子中具有3〜1 0個 氫硫基之化合物」、與前述「選自酸性基、具有鹼性氮原 子之基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基、 碳數4以上的烴基,烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基 及羥基中至少1種官能基且具有碳-碳雙鍵化合物」溶解在 適當的溶劑中,在此添加自由基引發劑’約在5 0 °C〜1 〇 〇 -64 - 200904907 。(:使其加成之方法(硫醇-烯烴反應法)而得到。 前述方法所使用之較佳溶劑的例子,能夠按照「一分 子中具有3〜10個氫硫基之化合物」、「選自酸性基、具 有鹼性氮原子之基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧 原子之基、碳數4以上的烴基,烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、 異氰酸酯基及羥基中至少1種官能基、且具有能夠與氫硫 基反應之官能基(例如碳-碳雙鍵)之化合物」及所生成的自 由基加成反應生成物的溶解性而任意地選擇。可舉出例如 甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、乙酸1-甲 氧基-2-丙酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙酸甲 氧基丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、四氫呋喃、二甲 基甲醯胺、氯仿及甲苯。此等溶劑亦可混合二種以上而使 用。 又’自由基聚合引發劑能夠利用如2,2’-偶氮雙(異丁 腈)(AIBN)、2,2,-偶氮雙-(2,4’_二甲基戊腈)之化合物、如 過氧化苯甲醯之過氧化物及過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨之過硫酸 鹽。 -ΠΤΙ- _ 在本發明之製法適合使用之通式(11)所示化合物的具 體例如以下所示,但本發明未限定於此等具體例。 -65 - 200904907For example, the above-mentioned "a compound having 3 to 10 hydrogenthio groups in one molecule" and the above "selected from an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a urethane group, and having a complex property" A radical addition reaction product is formed by a radical of an oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and at least one functional group of a hydroxyl group, and having a carbon-carbon double bond compound For example, the above-mentioned "a compound having 3 to 10 thiol groups in one molecule" and the above "a group selected from an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a ureido group, a urethane group, and the like" can be used. a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and at least one functional group of a hydroxyl group and having a carbon-carbon double bond compound dissolved in a suitable solvent In this, a free radical initiator is added here at about 50 °C ~1 〇〇-64 - 200904907. (: obtained by a method of addition (thiol-olefin reaction method). An example of a preferred solvent used in the above method can be selected according to "a compound having 3 to 10 hydrogenthio groups in one molecule", From an acidic group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a urethane group, a group having a coordinating oxygen atom, a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 4 or more, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group The solubility of at least one functional group in the hydroxyl group and a functional group (for example, a carbon-carbon double bond) capable of reacting with a hydrogenthio group, and the radical addition reaction product produced are arbitrarily selected. For example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutylene can be mentioned. Ketone, methoxypropyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, chloroform and toluene. These solvents may also be used in combination of two or more. The initiator can utilize, for example, 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile) (AIBN), 2,2,-azo a compound of (2,4'-dimethylvaleronitrile), such as a peroxide of benzamidine peroxide and a persulfate of potassium persulfate or ammonium persulfate. -ΠΤΙ- _ suitable for use in the process of the present invention Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (11) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. -65 - 200904907

(C-1)(C-1)

HOjC^Y^S HOsCHOjC^Y^S HOsC

〇2〇Η3 (n=S. m=1) cWrCHr^-o-CHz^CHa~CT -CHz^QVgO-CHi^CHrO^-CHjrCHjr rO-b-Cy- ;H2-CHr Hs-O-G-CHj-CHj·*· (C-2)〇2〇Η3 (n=S. m=1) cWrCHr^-o-CHz^CHa~CT -CHz^QVgO-CHi^CHrO^-CHjrCHjr rO-b-Cy- ;H2-CHr Hs-OG-CHj- CHj·*· (C-2)

Hj-CHr* -66- 200904907Hj-CHr* -66- 200904907

(ri=5, } (c*4>(ri=5, } (c*4>

’ -CHrCHj^XH^CHaO^^CHrCHr Q ΧηΓκχ;η2-〇-〇-οη2-οηγ- -CHy-CHg-O-O CHj .CH2—U b'-CHrCHj^XH^CHaO^^CHrCHr Q ΧηΓκχ;η2-〇-〇-οη2-οηγ- -CHy-CHg-O-O CHj .CH2—U b

:02CW3 (n=5, »r=1) (C-7):02CW3 (n=5, »r=1) (C-7)

200904907200904907

-68 - 200904907-68 - 200904907

(C-18) 200904907(C-18) 200904907

(C-20)(C-20)

(C-21) -70 - 200904907(C-21) -70 - 200904907

200904907200904907

R3: ,-CHj-Ci -CHf :h7xh;R3: , -CHj-Ci -CHf :h7xh;

:H5 >CH2*i :M2 ^CHiH rO-〇-~CHrCHi-:H5 >CH2*i :M2 ^CHiH rO-〇-~CHrCHi-

R3- -CHjfCHjf?· -CH? CH; ^ y-O-6—CHj-CHy- O-CHj XH. o chSjhj DHrCHif-R3- -CHjfCHjf?· -CH? CH; ^ y-O-6-CHj-CHy- O-CHj XH. o chSjhj DHrCHif-

//

R5- - -CHrCHrl-O-CI 3Hz-6-0-CH^,C xhtSci ;H? vCH3—CT lOXHarO^-CH^-CHr- ^-CHr CHrO-ft-CHrCHz- OHi-CHr- \ (n=5, m=1) (C-32)R5- - -CHrCHrl-O-CI 3Hz-6-0-CH^,C xhtSci ;H? vCH3—CT lOXHarO^-CH^-CHr- ^-CHr CHrO-ft-CHrCHz- OHi-CHr- \ (n =5, m=1) (C-32)

[ C〇2〇Hs_[ C〇2〇Hs_

R·、 ( -CHa-CHa-J -CHrCHjH "CHrCHi^-0-CH3^^CHr ZHrCHr :HrCHr- :HrCHr· (n=5. m^1) (C-33) -72 200904907R·, ( -CHa-CHa-J -CHrCHjH "CHrCHi^-0-CH3^^CHr ZHrCHr :HrCHr- :HrCHr· (n=5. m^1) (C-33) -72 200904907

R;= ••CHjrCMjj—R;= ••CHjrCMjj—

-ch2-cm2-6-o -CHrCHr^-〇-CH7 '^KrO-g-CHa-CHj- (r»=4.5. (C-36)-ch2-cm2-6-o -CHrCHr^-〇-CH7 '^KrO-g-CHa-CHj- (r»=4.5. (C-36)

又,該高分子化合物以使用具有酸性基之高分子化合 物爲佳,以具有羧基之高分子化合物爲更佳’以含有至少 1種由(A)具有羧基的化合物所導入的重複單位及至少1種 (B)由具有羧酸酯基的化合物所導入的重複單位之共聚合 化合物爲特佳。 前述(A)具有羧基的化合物所導入的重複單位以下述 -73 - 200904907 通式(I)所示重複單位爲佳,以由丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸所導 入重複單位爲更佳,前述(B)具有羧酸酯基的化合物所導入 的重複單位’以下述通式(II)所示重複單位爲佳,以下述通 式(IV)所示重複單位爲更佳,以丙烯酸苄酯、甲基丙烯酸 节酯、丙烯酸苯乙酯、甲基丙烯酸苯乙酯、丙烯酸3-苯基 丙酯、或甲基丙烯酸3-苯基丙酯所導入的重複單位爲特佳。Further, the polymer compound is preferably a polymer compound having an acidic group, and more preferably a polymer compound having a carboxyl group, and contains at least one repeating unit introduced from (A) a compound having a carboxyl group and at least 1 The (B) copolymerized compound of a repeating unit introduced from a compound having a carboxylate group is particularly preferred. The repeating unit introduced by the above (A) compound having a carboxyl group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula -73 - 200904907 (I), and a repeating unit derived from acrylic acid or methacrylic acid is more preferable, the above (B) The repeating unit introduced by the compound having a carboxylate group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (II), and more preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (IV): benzyl acrylate or methacrylic acid The repeating unit introduced by the ester, phenylethyl acrylate, phenylethyl methacrylate, 3-phenylpropyl acrylate, or 3-phenylpropyl methacrylate is particularly preferred.

COOH 通式(I) (R!係氫原子或碳原子數1〜5之烷基)COOH General formula (I) (R! is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms)

通式(II) (R2係氫原子或碳原子數1〜5之烷基。R3係下述通式(ΠΙ 所示之基)Formula (II) (R2 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. R3 is a group represented by the following formula (ΠΙ)

通式(III) (R4係氫原子或碳原子數1〜5之烷基、羥基、碳原子數i 〜5之羥基烷基、或碳原子數6〜20之芳基。汉5及係各 自表示氫原子或碳原子數1〜5之烷基。XI係1〜5的數目) -74 - 200904907General formula (III) (R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group having 5 to 5 carbon atoms, or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The number of XI series 1 to 5) -74 - 200904907

(R?係氫原子或碳原子數1〜5之烷基。R8係下述通式(V) 所示之基)(R? is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R8 is a group represented by the following formula (V))

通式(V) (R9係碳原子數2〜5之烷基、或碳原子數6〜20之芳基。 Rio及Rm係氫原子或碳原子數1〜5之烷基。Y1係1〜5 的數目) 又,就(A)具有羧基的化合物所導入的重複單位、與前 述(B)由具有羧酸酯基的化合物所導入的重複單位之聚合 比率而言,相對於重複單位(A)的總重複單位數,數量比% 以3〜4 0 %爲佳,以5〜3 5 %爲更佳。 又,在本發明的有機奈米粒子的製法係含有具有胺基 及醚基之接枝共聚物,且按照必要含有適當選擇的其他成 分之高分子化合物亦佳。 前述接枝共聚物,係至少具有胺基及醚基,亦可以含 有其他單體等作爲共聚合單位。 前述之接枝共聚物的質量平均分子量以3000〜100000 爲佳,以5000〜50000爲更佳。前述質量平均分子量過小 200904907 時,無法防止有機奈米粒子產生聚集’會有黏度上升的情 況,過大時,在有機溶劑中的溶解性不足,會有黏度上升 的情形。又,該重量平均分子量係使用凝膠滲透色譜儀(載 體:四氫呋喃)所測定之換算成聚苯乙烯的重量平均分子 量。 前述接枝共聚物至少含有(〇在未端具有乙烯性不飽和 雙鍵之聚合性低聚物、(i i)含有胺基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之 單體、(iii)含有醚基之聚合性單體作爲共聚物單位,以按 照必要含有(i v)其他的單體作爲共聚合單位爲佳。 此等共聚合物單位在前述接枝共聚物之含量,係(i)前 述聚合性低聚物以15〜98質量%爲佳’以25〜90質量%爲 更佳,(ii)含有胺基之單體以1〜40質量%爲佳’以5〜3〇 質量%爲更佳,(iii)前述含有醚基之聚合性單體以1〜70質 量%爲佳,以5〜6 0質量%爲更佳。 前述聚合性低聚物的含量太小時’會有作爲分散劑時 無法得到立體排斥效果、無法防止有機奈米粒子的凝集之 情形,過量時,前述聚合性低聚物的比率減少’會有對有 機粒子吸附能力降低、分散性不充分的情形。前述含有氮 的單體的比率太小時,會有對有機粒子之吸附能力下降’ 分散性不充分情形,過量時’因爲前述聚合性低聚物的比 率減少,分散劑會有無法得到立體排斥效果、無法充分防 止有機奈米粒子的凝集之情形。前述含有醚基之聚合性單 體的含量太小時’在製造彩色濾光片時會有顯像適合性不 充分的情形’過量時,會有作爲分散劑的能力降低之情形。 -76 - 200904907 (i)聚合性低聚物 前述聚合性低聚物(以下會有稱爲 大單體 (macromonomer)」之情形),係在末端具有含有乙嫌性不飽 和雙鍵的基之低聚物。在本發明,前述聚合性低聚物,以 具有只有在該低聚物的兩末端其中的—方含有卽述乙燦性 不飽和雙鍵的基爲佳。 前述聚合性低聚物通常可舉出例如由選自(甲基)丙嫌 酸烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷酯、苯乙烯、丙嫌腈 '乙酸 乙酯及丁二烯中之至少一種單體所形成的單獨聚合物或共 聚物,此等之中,以(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的單獨聚合物或共 聚物、聚苯乙烯等爲佳。在本發明,該等低聚物亦可被取 代基取代,該取代基沒有特別限制,可舉出例如鹵素原子 等。 前述具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的基,可以適合舉出的有 例如(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等,此等之中以(甲基)丙烯醯 基爲佳。 在本發明,前述聚合性低聚物之中,以下述通式(E6) 所示之低聚物爲佳。 R61 _H2C=(!>-『〇~Re2—s一 <ΟΗ2-^Η)ή-Η >63 通式(Ε6) 在前述通式(Ε 6),R61及R63係表示氫原子或甲基。R62 係表示亦可被碳數丨〜8的醇性羥基取代之伸烷基,以碳數 2〜4的伸烷基爲佳。Y6係表示苯基、具有碳數1〜4的烷 -77- 200904907 基之苯基、或- COOR64(在此,R64係表示亦可被碳數1〜6 的醇性羥基、鹵素取代之烷基、苯基、或是碳數7〜1 0的 芳院基),以苯基或- COOR64(在此,R64係亦可被1〜4的醇 性羥基取代之烷基)爲佳。q係表示20〜200。 前述聚合性低聚物的具體例係聚(甲基)丙烯酸2羥基 乙酯、聚苯乙烯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸正 丁酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、其等的共聚物,以在分子 末端中的一個鍵結有(甲基)丙烯醯基之聚合物爲佳。 前述聚合性低聚物可以是市售品、亦可以是適當合成 之物’該市售品可舉出例如在一側末端甲基丙烯醯基化之 聚苯乙烯低聚物(Mn = 6000、商品名:AS-6、東亞合成化學 工業(股)公司製)、在一側末端甲基丙烯醯基化之聚丙烯酸 甲酯低聚物(Mn = 6000、商品名:AA-6、東亞合成化學工業 (股)公司製)、在一側末端甲基丙烯醯基化之聚丙烯酸正丁 酯低聚物(Mn = 60〇〇、商品名:AB-6、東亞合成化學工業(股) 公司製)、在一側末端甲基丙烯醯基化之聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯 /甲基丙烯酸 2 -羥基乙酯低聚物(Mn = 7000、商品名: AA-714、東亞合成化學工業(股)公司製)、在一側末端甲基 丙烯醯基化之聚甲基丙烯酸丁酯/甲基丙烯酸2 -羥基乙酯 低聚物(Mn = 7000、商品名:707S、東亞合成化學工業(股) 公司製)、在一側末端甲基丙嫌酿基化之聚甲基丙嫌酸2-乙基己酯/甲基丙烯酸2 -羥基乙酯低聚物(Mn = 7000、商品 名:AY-707S、AY-714S、東亞合成化學工業(股)公司製) 等。 -78 - 200904907 在本發明之前述聚合性低聚物的較佳具體例,可舉出 選自(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的聚合物及(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯與聚 苯乙烯的共聚物之至少1種低聚物,數量平均分子量爲 1000〜20000,在末端具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之物。 (U)含有胺基之單體 前述含有胺基之單體可適合舉出的有例如選自下述式 (E2)所示化合物之至少1種。General formula (V) (R9 is an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Rio and Rm are a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Y1 is 1 to 1) The number of 5) The ratio of the repeating unit introduced by (A) the compound having a carboxyl group to the repeating unit introduced by the above (B) compound having a carboxylate group, with respect to the repeating unit (A) The total number of repeating units, the number ratio is preferably 3 to 40%, preferably 5 to 35%. Further, the method for producing organic nanoparticles of the present invention contains a graft copolymer having an amine group and an ether group, and preferably contains a polymer compound of another component appropriately selected as necessary. The graft copolymer has at least an amine group and an ether group, and may contain other monomers or the like as a copolymerization unit. The mass average molecular weight of the aforementioned graft copolymer is preferably from 3,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 50,000. When the mass average molecular weight is too small at 200904907, it is impossible to prevent aggregation of the organic nanoparticles, and the viscosity may increase. When the temperature is too large, the solubility in an organic solvent may be insufficient, and the viscosity may increase. Further, the weight average molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight converted to polystyrene measured by a gel permeation chromatograph (carrier: tetrahydrofuran). The graft copolymer contains at least (a polymerizable oligomer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond at the end, (ii) a monomer having an amine group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and (iii) an ether group. The polymerizable monomer is preferably a copolymer unit, and it is preferable to contain (iv) another monomer as a copolymerization unit as necessary. The content of the copolymer unit in the graft copolymer is (i) the aforementioned polymerizability is low. The polymer is preferably 15 to 98% by mass, more preferably 25 to 90% by mass, and (ii) preferably 1 to 40% by mass of the monomer having an amine group is preferably 5 to 3 % by mass. (iii) The ether group-containing polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 5 to 60% by mass. The content of the polymerizable oligomer is too small, and it may not be used as a dispersing agent. When the steric repulsion effect is obtained and the aggregation of the organic nanoparticles is not prevented, when the ratio of the polymerizable oligomer is decreased in excess, the adsorption capacity of the organic particles may be lowered and the dispersibility may be insufficient. When the ratio of the body is too small, there will be adsorption of organic particles. When the force is decreased, the dispersibility is insufficient, and when the amount of the polymerizable oligomer is decreased, the dispersing agent may not have a steric repellency effect, and the aggregation of the organic nanoparticles may not be sufficiently prevented. When the content of the polymerizable monomer is too small, the case where the color filter is insufficient in the production of the color filter may be insufficient. When the amount is excessive, the ability as a dispersing agent may be lowered. -76 - 200904907 (i) Polymerization Oligomer The polymerizable oligomer (hereinafter referred to as a "macromonomer") is an oligomer having a group containing a bivalent unsaturated double bond at the terminal. In the present invention, the foregoing The polymerizable oligomer preferably has a group containing only an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in the both ends of the oligomer. The polymerizable oligomer is usually selected, for example, from the group consisting of a separate polymer or copolymer of at least one of (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester, hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, acrylic acid, 'ethyl acetate, and butadiene, Etc., In the present invention, the oligomers may be substituted with a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen. The group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may, for example, be a (meth) acrylonitrile group or a vinyl group, and among these, a (meth) acrylonitrile group is preferred. In the above-mentioned polymerizable oligomer, an oligomer represented by the following formula (E6) is preferred. R61 _H2C = (!>-"〇~Re2-s_<ΟΗ2-^Η)ή - Η > 63 Formula (Ε6) In the above formula (Ε 6), R61 and R63 represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R62 represents an alkyl group which may be substituted by an alcoholic hydroxyl group having a carbon number of 丨8. It is preferred to use an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Y6 represents a phenyl group, a phenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, and a phenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, or -COOR64 (here, R64 means an alcohol which may be substituted with an alcoholic hydroxyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a halogen. The group, the phenyl group or the aryl group having a carbon number of 7 to 10 is preferably a phenyl group or a COOR 64 (here, the R64 group may be an alkyl group substituted with an alcoholic hydroxyl group of 1 to 4). The q system represents 20 to 200. Specific examples of the above polymerizable oligomer are poly(hydroxy)(meth)acrylate, polystyrene, poly(methyl) acrylate, poly(meth)acrylate, and poly(meth)acrylic acid. The isobutyl ester, a copolymer thereof or the like is preferably a polymer having a (meth) acrylonitrile group bonded to one of the molecular terminals. The polymerizable oligomer may be a commercially available product or may be a suitably synthesized product. The commercially available product may, for example, be a styrene-based polystyrene oligomer having one terminal (Mn = 6000, Trade name: AS-6, manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), polymethyl acrylate oligomer methacrylated at one end (Mn = 6000, trade name: AA-6, East Asia Synthesis) Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), a poly(n-butyl acrylate) oligomer methacrylate-based at one end (Mn = 60 〇〇, trade name: AB-6, East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Methyl methacrylate-methyl methacrylate/2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate oligomer (Mn = 7000, trade name: AA-714, East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) )), methacrylic acid butyl methacrylate/2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate oligomer (Mn = 7000, trade name: 707S, East Asia Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ))), a methyl propylene succinic acid 2-ethyl group Methacrylate / 2 - hydroxyethyl methacrylate oligomer (Mn = 7000, trade name: AY-707S, AY-714S, Toagosei Chemical Industry (shares) Corporation) and the like. -78 - 200904907 In a preferred embodiment of the polymerizable oligomer of the present invention, a polymer selected from the group consisting of alkyl (meth)acrylate and a copolymer of alkyl (meth)acrylate and polystyrene At least one oligomer having a number average molecular weight of from 1,000 to 20,000 and having a (meth) acrylonitrile group at the terminal. (U) Amine group-containing monomer The amine group-containing monomer may be, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (E2).

)m—(NHR22)^2 通式(E2) 在前述通式(E2),R21係表示氫原子或甲基。R22係表 示碳數1〜8的伸烷基,此等之中,以碳數1〜6的伸烷基 爲佳,以碳數 2〜3的伸烷基爲特佳。X2係表示 -N(R23)(R24)、-R25N(R26)(R27)。在此,R23 及 R24 係氫原子、 碳數1〜6的烷基或苯基。R2 5係碳數1〜6的伸烷基,R26 及R2 7係氫原子、碳數1〜6的烷基或苯基。 上述之中,-N(R23)(R24)的R23及R24以氫原子、碳數 1〜4的烷基或苯基爲佳,_R25_N(R26)(r27)的R25係以碳數 2〜6的伸烷基爲佳,R26及R27以碳數i〜4的烷基爲佳。 m2及n2係表示1或〇,以m2=l且n2 = l,或m2 = l且n2 = 0 爲佳(亦即’對應下述通式(E3)、(E4)所示之單體)。 在本發明,前述通式(E2)所示單體之中,以選自下述 通式(E3)及(E4)中任一者所示單體之至少1種爲佳。 -79 - 200904907 h2c=M-(NHR22)^2 General formula (E2) In the above formula (E2), R21 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R22 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Among them, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkylene group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is particularly preferred. X2 represents -N(R23)(R24) and -R25N(R26)(R27). Here, R23 and R24 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. R2 5 is an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R26 and R2 7 are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. In the above, R23 and R24 of -N(R23)(R24) are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and R25 of _R25_N(R26)(r27) is a carbon number of 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkylene group is preferred, and R26 and R27 are preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 4. M2 and n2 represent 1 or 〇, with m2=l and n2 = l, or m2 = l and n2 = 0 (i.e., 'corresponding to the monomers of the following general formulae (E3), (E4)) . In the present invention, at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formula (E3) and (E4) is preferred among the monomers represented by the above formula (E2). -79 - 200904907 h2c=

hr32-x3 通式(E3) 在前述通式(E3)’ R31係與在通式(E2)之R21同義。R32 係與在通式(E2)之R22同義。X3係與在通式(E2)之X2同義。Hr32-x3 Formula (E3) The above formula (E3)' R31 is synonymous with R21 of the formula (E2). R32 is synonymous with R22 of the formula (E2). The X3 system is synonymous with X2 of the formula (E2).

在前述通式(E4)’ R41係與在通式(E2)之R21同義。X4 係與在通式(E2)之X2同義,以-N(R43)(R44)(在此,R43及 R44係與在通式(E2)之R23及R24同義)爲佳’又’以 -R45-N(R46)(R47)(在此,R45、R46 及 R47 係各自與在通式(E2) 之R25、R26及R27同義)爲佳。 前述通式(E2)所示單體之具體例可舉出二甲基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯 胺、二正丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二異丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 味啉基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、哌啶基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基- 2-吡咯啶基(甲基)丙烯醯胺及Ν,Ν-甲基苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺 (以上係(甲基)丙烯醯胺類);2-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)乙基(甲基) 丙烯醯胺、2-(Ν,Ν-二乙胺基)乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、3-(Ν,Ν-二乙胺基)丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、3-(Ν,Ν_:甲胺基)丙基(甲 基)丙烯醯胺、1-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)-1,1-二甲基甲基(甲基)丙 烯醯胺、6-(Ν,Ν·二乙胺基)己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺(以上係胺 -80 - 200904907 基烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺類)等爲佳。 (iii)含有醚基之聚合性單體 前述含有醚基之聚合性單體可適合舉出的有選自下述 通式(E1)所示單體中至少1種。The above formula (E4)' R41 is synonymous with R21 of the formula (E2). X4 is synonymous with X2 of the general formula (E2), and -N(R43)(R44) (here, R43 and R44 are synonymous with R23 and R24 of the general formula (E2)). R45-N(R46)(R47) (wherein R45, R46 and R47 are each synonymous with R25, R26 and R27 of the formula (E2)). Specific examples of the monomer represented by the above formula (E2) include dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, diethyl (meth) acrylamide, diisopropyl (meth) acrylamide, Di-n-butyl (meth) acrylamide, diisobutyl (meth) acrylamide, morpholinyl (meth) acrylamide, piperidinyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl 2-pyrrolidinyl (meth) acrylamide and hydrazine, Ν-methylphenyl (meth) acrylamide (above (meth) acrylamide); 2- (Ν, Ν-二Methylamino)ethyl (meth) acrylamide, 2-(indole, hydrazine-diethylamino)ethyl (meth) acrylamide, 3-(indole, hydrazine-diethylamino)propyl (Meth) acrylamide, 3-(Ν,Ν_:methylamino)propyl(meth)acrylamide, 1-(Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)-1,1-dimethylmethyl (meth)acrylamide, 6-(anthracene, oxime diethylamino)hexyl (meth) acrylamide (the above amine-80 - 200904907 alkyl (meth) acrylamide), etc. It is better. (iii) Ether group-containing polymerizable monomer The ether group-containing polymerizable monomer may be at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formula (E1).

在前述式(El),R11係表示氫原子或甲基。Ri2係碳數 1〜8的伸烷基’其中以1〜6的伸烷基爲佳,以2〜3的伸 烷基爲更佳。X1係表示- OR13或- OCOR14。在此,R13係表 示氫原子、碳數1〜18的烷基、苯基、或亦可被碳數!〜 18的烷基取代之苯基。R14係表示碳數1〜is的烷基。又, m3係2〜200,以5〜100爲佳,以1〇〜1〇〇爲特佳。 前述含有醚基之聚合性單體若含有醚基且係聚合性之 物時沒有特別限制,可適當選自通常之物,可舉出例如聚 乙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯 '聚丙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚 乙二醇聚丙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸丁二醇一甲基丙 烯酸酯,此等可以是市售品亦可以是適當合成而得到之 物。該市售品可舉出甲氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯(商品 名:NK ESTER M-40G、M-90G、M-230G(以上、東亞合成 化學工業(股)公司製);商品名:BLENMER PME-100、 PME-200、PME-400、PME-1000、PME-2000、PME-4000(以 上、日本油脂(股)公司製)、聚乙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品 名:BLENMER PE-90、PE-200、PE-350、曰本油脂(股)公 200904907 司製)、聚丙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名:BLENMER PP-500、PP-800、PP-1000、日本油脂(股)公司製)、聚乙二 醇聚丙二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名:BLENMER 70PEP-3 70B、曰本油脂(股)公司製)、聚乙二醇聚伸丁二醇 一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品名:BLENMER 5 5 PET-8 00、日本油脂 (股)公司製)、聚丙二醇聚伸丁二醇一甲基丙烯酸酯(商品 名:BLENMER NHK-5050、日本油脂(股)公司製)等。 (iv)其他單體 前述接枝共聚物亦可以更含有前述其他單體作爲共聚 物單體,該其他單體沒有特別限制,可按照目的適當地選 擇,可舉出例如芳香族乙烯基化合物(例如苯乙烯、α -甲 基苯乙烯及乙烯基甲苯)、(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯(例如,(甲基) 丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯及(甲 基)丙烯酸異丁酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基芳酯(例如,(甲基) 丙烯酸烷基苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯)、羧酸乙烯酯(例 如,乙酸乙烯酯及丙酸乙烯酯)、丙烯腈(例如,(甲基)丙烯 腈及α -氯丙烯腈)及脂肪族共軛二烯(例如1 ,3-丁二烯及異 戊二烯、(甲基)丙烯酸等。此等之中,以不飽和羧酸、(甲 基)丙烯酸烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基芳酯及羧酸乙烯酯爲佳。 在前述接枝共聚物之該其他單體的含量例如以5〜70 重量%爲佳。前述含有率過小時,會有無法控制塗布膜的 物性的情形,過大時會有無法充分發揮作爲分散劑的能力 的情形。 前述接枝共聚物之較佳具體例有 -82 - 200904907 (11) 3-(N,N-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一(甲 基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯共 聚物、 (12) 3-(N,N-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一(甲 基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚苯乙烯共聚物、 (13) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一(甲 基)丙烯酸酯/ (甲基)丙烯酸甲酯末端甲基丙醯基化聚苯乙 烯共聚物、 (14) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一(甲 基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯與甲 基丙烯酸2 -羥基乙酯的共聚物之共聚物、 (15) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一(甲 基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化甲基丙烯酸甲酯與甲基 丙烯酸2 -羥基乙酯的共聚物之共聚物、 (16) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇一(甲 基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化甲基丙烯酸甲酯與甲基 丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的共聚物之共聚物、 (17) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚丙二醇一(甲 基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯共 聚物、 (18) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇聚丙二 醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚(甲基)丙烯酸 甲酯共聚物、 (19) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚乙二醇聚丁二 -83 - 200904907 醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚(甲基)丙烯酸 甲酯共聚物、 (20) 3-(Ν,Ν-二甲胺基)丙基丙烯醯胺/聚丙二醇聚丁二 醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯/末端甲基丙烯醯基化聚(甲基)丙烯酸 甲酯共聚物等。 其中以(1 1)、( 1 4)、( 1 8 )爲佳,以下述(D 4)所示之化合 物更佳。式(D 4)中,Me係表示甲基。 式(D4)In the above formula (El), R11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Ri2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 6 alkylene groups, more preferably 2 to 3 alkylene groups. X1 represents -OR13 or - OCOR14. Here, R13 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or a carbon number! -18 alkyl substituted phenyl. R14 represents an alkyl group having 1 to is carbon. Further, m3 is 2 to 200, preferably 5 to 100, and particularly preferably 1 to 1 。. When the ether group-containing polymerizable monomer contains an ether group and is a polymerizable substance, it is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from ordinary ones, and examples thereof include polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate 'polypropylene glycol. Mono(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and polybutanediol monomethacrylate, which may be commercially available or may be appropriately synthesized. The commercially available product may be methoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate (trade name: NK ESTER M-40G, M-90G, M-230G (above, manufactured by Toago Chemical Co., Ltd.); Name: BLENMER PME-100, PME-200, PME-400, PME-1000, PME-2000, PME-4000 (above, manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.), polyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (trade name) :BLENMER PE-90, PE-200, PE-350, 曰本油(股) 公200904907 司), polypropylene glycol monomethacrylate (trade name: BLENMER PP-500, PP-800, PP-1000, Japan Oils and Fats Co., Ltd., polyethylene glycol polypropylene glycol monomethacrylate (trade name: BLENMER 70PEP-3 70B, manufactured by Sakamoto Oil Co., Ltd.), polyethylene glycol polybutanediol Methacrylate (trade name: BLENMER 5 5 PET-8 00, manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.), polypropylene glycol polybutanediol monomethacrylate (trade name: BLENMER NHK-5050, Japanese fats and oils) (Company)), etc. (iv) Other monomers The aforementioned graft copolymer may further contain the aforementioned other monomers as copolymers. The other monomer is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and examples thereof include an aromatic vinyl compound (for example, styrene, α-methylstyrene, and vinyltoluene) and an alkyl (meth)acrylate. (for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate and isobutyl (meth) acrylate), alkyl aryl (meth) acrylate (for example, (Methyl) alkyl benzyl acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate), vinyl carboxylate (eg, vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate), acrylonitrile (eg, (meth) acrylonitrile and Α-chloroacrylonitrile) and an aliphatic conjugated diene (for example, 1, 3-butadiene, isoprene, (meth)acrylic acid, etc. Among these, unsaturated carboxylic acid, (methyl) The alkyl acrylate, the alkyl aryl (meth) acrylate, and the vinyl carboxylate are preferred. The content of the other monomer in the graft copolymer is preferably, for example, 5 to 70% by weight. There is a situation in which it is impossible to control the physical properties of the coating film. When it is too large There is a case where the ability as a dispersing agent cannot be sufficiently exerted. Preferred examples of the above graft copolymer are -82 - 200904907 (11) 3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene Glycol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methacryl oxime poly(methyl) acrylate copolymer, (12) 3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/poly Ethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methacryl oxime polystyrene copolymer, (13) 3-(anthracene, fluorenyl-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene glycol (Meth) acrylate / methyl (meth) acrylate terminal methyl propyl methacrylate polystyrene copolymer, (14) 3-(anthracene, Ν-dimethylamino) propyl acrylamide / poly a copolymer of a diol-(meth) acrylate/terminal methacryl thiolated methyl (meth) acrylate and a copolymer of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, (15) 3-(Ν, Ν- Copolymer of dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methacryl oxime methyl methacrylate copolymer with 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate , (16) 3-( , Ν-dimethylamino) propyl acrylamide / polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate / terminal methacryl thiolated methyl methacrylate copolymer with 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate Copolymer, (17) 3-(Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methacryl oxime poly(methyl) acrylate Copolymer, (18) 3-(Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene glycol polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methacryl oxime poly(methyl) Methyl acrylate copolymer, (19) 3-(Ν,Ν-dimethylamino)propyl acrylamide/polyethylene glycol polybutane-83 - 200904907 Alcohol mono(meth)acrylate/terminal methyl Acryl thiolated poly(methyl) acrylate copolymer, (20) 3-(anthracene, fluorenyl-dimethylamino) propyl acrylamide / polypropylene glycol polybutylene glycol mono(meth) acrylate / A terminal methacryl oxime poly(methyl) acrylate copolymer or the like. Among them, (1 1), (1 4), and (18) are preferable, and the compound represented by the following (D 4) is more preferable. In the formula (D 4), Me represents a methyl group. Formula (D4)

a : b : c=15 : 20 : 65(質量比) 前述接枝共聚物能夠藉由例如在溶劑中使自由基聚 合,來得到成爲前述各聚合物單位的成分。該自由基聚合 時,能夠使用自由基聚合引發劑,又,能夠更使用鏈轉移 劑(例如2·氫硫基乙醇及十二烷基硫醇)。含有接枝共聚物 之顏料分散劑可參考特開平200 1 -3 1 8 8 5公報之記載。 爲了更提高有機粒子的均勻分散性及保存安定性,相 對於100質量份顏料,接枝共聚物的含量以0.1〜1 000質 量份爲佳,以1〜500質量份爲較佳,以5〜20質量份爲更 佳。小於〇 . 1質量份時,有無法觀察到有機奈米粒子的分 散安定提升的情形。又,接枝共聚物可以單獨使用亦可以 組合複數種使用。 -84 - 200904907 在本發明之製法,高分子的分子量若無特別預先告知 時,係指重量平均分子量。高分子的分子量的測定方法可 舉出層析法、黏度法、光散射法、沈降速度法等,在本發 明若未預先告知,係使用藉由凝膠滲透色譜法所測定之換 算成聚苯乙烯的重量平均分子量。 以下,說明陰離子性的高分子化合物。 在前述凝集,能夠添加至少具有1個非離子性基之高 分子化合物。該高分子化合物係重量平均分子量1 000以 上’且以下述通式(14)所不之高分子化合物爲佳。 通式(1 4) (+Z~G-J-)—Q—(-R) (式中,G 係表示- COO-、-S03_、-0S03·、-p(〇)(〇H)CT、或 -0P(0)(0H)CT,J係表示2價的連結基或單鍵,Q係表示 (m + 1)價的連結基,R係表示高分子化合物殘基,z係表示 有機或無機陽離子,m + 1係表示3〜6)。 通式(14)中,G 係表示-COO.、-S03·、_〇S〇3-、 -Ρ(0)(0Η)0·、或 _〇p(〇)(〇H)〇_,以爲 _S〇3-、-0S03-及 -p(o)(〇H)cr爲更佳。具有複數的G時,G可以是同一陰離 子性基,亦可以不同。 通式(14)中,J係表示2價的連結基,以直鏈、分枝的 伸院基、伸芳院基及- 〇-、-C( = 0)-、-S〇2-、-C〇2-、或組合 2個以上該等的基而成之2價基爲佳,與通式(14)中的Q 連結之部位係以硫原子爲更佳。 -85 - 200904907 又,具有取代基時,該取代基可舉出例如例如甲基、 乙基等碳數1〜20的烷基、苯基、萘基等碳數6〜16的芳 基、羥基、胺基、羧基、磺醯胺基、N-磺醯胺基' 乙醯氧 基等碳數1〜6之醯氧基、甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1〜6之 烷氧基、氯、溴等鹵素原子、甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、 環己氧基羰基等碳數2〜7的烷氧基羰基、氰基、第三丁基 碳酸酯等碳酸酯等。 通式(14)中,Z所示之有機陽離子可舉出咪唑鐵鹽類、 吡啶鎗鹽類、噻唑鎩鹽類、咪唑啉鑰鹽類、噻唑啉鑰鹽類 及卩f唑啉鑰鹽類。無機陽離子可舉出鋰離子、鈉離子及鉀 離子等。Z係以無機陽離子爲佳。 前述通式(14)中,Q係表示(m+1)價的連結基。m+Ι係 表不 3〜6。 前述Q所示之(m+1)價的連結基,包含由1〜1〇〇個碳 原子、〇〜10個氮原子、0〜50個氧原子、200個氫原 子所構成的基,可以是無取代、亦可以更具有取代基。Q 以有機連結基爲佳。 該有機連結基之較佳具體例[例示化合物(r_丨)〜 (r-1 7)]係如下所示。但是在本發明,未受到此等限制。 -86 - 200904907 丨2各〇, -οη^οη2-6-ο—ci [—0~G— (卜I)a : b : c = 15 : 20 : 65 (mass ratio) The graft copolymer can be obtained by polymerizing a radical in a solvent, for example, to obtain a component which is a unit of each of the above-mentioned polymer units. In the radical polymerization, a radical polymerization initiator can be used, and a chain transfer agent (for example, 2 thiolethanol and dodecylmercaptan) can be further used. The pigment dispersing agent containing a graft copolymer can be referred to the description of JP-A-2001 - 3 1 8 8 5 . In order to further improve the uniform dispersibility and storage stability of the organic particles, the content of the graft copolymer is preferably from 0.1 to 1,000 parts by mass, more preferably from 1 to 500 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. 20 parts by mass is more preferred. When it is less than 〇. 1 part by mass, there is a case where the dispersion stability of the organic nanoparticle cannot be observed. Further, the graft copolymer may be used singly or in combination of plural kinds. -84 - 200904907 In the process of the present invention, the molecular weight of the polymer means the weight average molecular weight unless otherwise specified. Examples of the method for measuring the molecular weight of the polymer include a chromatography method, a viscosity method, a light scattering method, and a sedimentation rate method. In the present invention, unless otherwise notified, conversion to polyphenylbenzene by gel permeation chromatography is used. The weight average molecular weight of ethylene. Hereinafter, an anionic polymer compound will be described. In the agglutination described above, a high molecular compound having at least one nonionic group can be added. The polymer compound is preferably a polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more and not represented by the following formula (14). General formula (1 4) (+Z~GJ-)—Q—(-R) (wherein G system represents -COO-, -S03_, -0S03·, -p(〇)(〇H)CT, or -0P(0)(0H)CT, J represents a divalent linking group or a single bond, Q represents a (m + 1) valent linking group, R represents a polymer compound residue, and z represents an organic or inorganic group The cation, m + 1 means 3 to 6). In the general formula (14), G represents -COO., -S03., _〇S〇3-, -Ρ(0)(0Η)0·, or _〇p(〇)(〇H)〇_, It is considered that _S〇3-, -0S03-, and -p(o)(〇H)cr are more preferable. When there are plural G, G may be the same anion group or different. In the general formula (14), the J system represents a divalent linking group, and is a straight chain, a branching extension base, a stretching base, and - 〇-, -C(=0)-, -S〇2-, -C〇2-, or a combination of two or more of these groups, preferably a divalent group, and a moiety bonded to Q in the formula (14) is preferably a sulfur atom. In the case of a substituent, the substituent may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group or an ethyl group, or an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. Alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as an amino group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonylamino group, an N-sulfonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, or the like having a carbon number of 1 to 6 and a methoxy group, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. A halogen atom having a halogen atom such as chlorine or bromine, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, or a carbonate having 2 to 7 carbon atoms such as alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group or a third butyl carbonate. In the general formula (14), the organic cation represented by Z may, for example, be an imidazole iron salt, a pyridine gun salt, a thiazolium salt, an imidazoline salt, a thiazoline salt, or a quinazoline salt. . Examples of the inorganic cation include lithium ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions. The Z system is preferably an inorganic cation. In the above formula (14), Q represents a (m+1)-valent linking group. m+Ι is not 3~6. The (m+1)-valent linking group represented by Q above includes a group consisting of 1 to 1 carbon atoms, 10 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, and 200 hydrogen atoms. It is unsubstituted or may have more substituents. Q is preferably an organic linker. Preferred specific examples of the organic linking group [exemplary compounds (r_丨) to (r-1 7)] are as follows. However, in the present invention, it is not subject to such restrictions. -86 - 200904907 丨2〇, -οη^οη2-6-ο-ci [—0~G— (Bu I)

〇 o -CH3 各0-CH2、^CH2-〇 各 CHr (门) -ΟήΓ ^CH H3C — c〇 o -CH3 Each 0-CH2, ^CH2-〇 Each CHr (gate) -ΟήΓ ^CH H3C - c

—CH^-CKj-NH-d-O-CI—CH^-CKj-NH-d-O-CI

!*0-〇-CH2 xCHr-0-4-N (r-3) IjfOO—NHCHrGHj— _ch2-ch2_ 0 (Γ-4) ^H2-CH2-^>HK>«CHa^CH2-〇-GH3-CHaH:H2— Η30-〇ίΓ ^η2-ο-9-ο«〇η2-〇η2-!*0-〇-CH2 xCHr-0-4-N (r-3) IjfOO—NHCHrGHj— _ch2-ch2_ 0 (Γ-4) ^H2-CH2-^>HK>«CHa^CH2-〇-GH3 -CHaH:H2— Η30-〇ίΓ ^η2-ο-9-ο«〇η2-〇η2-

Xx (Γ-5) CHa-CHrXx (Γ-5) CHa-CHr

(r-6)(r-6)

^ch2 八 ^CHz^ch2 八^CHz

<r- 8) 6 ό<r- 8) 6 ό

~ch2-ch2- —CHj—CH2-C K-ii) :Ha .CHj-O-4-CHj-CHj- —CHz-^-O-CHi ^ΟΗζ-Ο-ό-ΟΗί-~ch2-ch2-—CHj—CH2-C K-ii) :Ha .CHj-O-4-CHj-CHj- —CHz-^-O-CHi ^ΟΗζ-Ο-ό-ΟΗί-

SriT^CHr-O-g-CHi-CHr- <r 1〇) -CHz^o^Hf^cHz-o-e-cHr- -"OV-CHa-NI —〇V>CIVNH~^0~CI -ch2-ch2-〇-6. -CHrCHirO- H2-CH2^ CHrCHz*SriT^CHr-Og-CHi-CHr- <r 1〇) -CHz^o^Hf^cHz-oe-cHr- -"OV-CHa-NI —〇V>CIVNH~^0~CI -ch2- Ch2-〇-6. -CHrCHirO- H2-CH2^ CHrCHz*

(Γ-Ι3) N^N o ο (Γ-12) H—^-0-0¾^^CHi-O-O-NH-CH,- ^〇Fj^XH2-( 前述通式(14)中,m係表示1〜5的整數。m以2〜5爲 佳,以3〜5爲更佳。又,1係表示1〜5的整數。1以1〜4 爲佳,以1〜3爲更佳,以1〜2爲特佳。 -87 200904907 前述通式(14)中,R係表示高分子化合物殘基(高分子 骨架),能夠能夠按照目的等而選自通常的聚合物等。此時 高分子骨架係指數量平均分子量爲1000以上的高分子結 構。聚合物之中,構成高分子骨架係以選自由乙烯系單體 的聚合物或共聚物、酯系化合物聚合物、醚系化合物聚合 物、胺基甲酸酯系化合物聚合物、醯胺系化合物聚合物、 環氧系化合物聚合物、矽系化合物聚合物及此等的改性 物、或共聚物[例如,聚醚/聚胺基甲酸酯共聚物、聚醚/乙 烯系單體的聚合物之共聚物等(無規共聚物、嵌段共聚物、 接枝共聚物中任一者都可)]所組成群組中至少一種爲佳’ 以乙烯系單體或共聚、酯系化合物聚合物、醚系化合物聚 合物、胺基甲酸酯系化合物聚合物及此等的改性物、或共 聚物所組成群組中至少一種爲佳,以乙烯系單體的聚合物 或共聚物爲特佳。 而且,前述聚合物以可溶於有機溶劑爲佳。與有機溶 劑之親和性低時,例如使用作爲顏料分散劑時,會有與分 散介質的親和性差,對分散安定化無法確保充分的吸附層 之情形。 本發明之製法所使用的高分子化合物的重量平均分子 量爲1000以上,重量平均分子量以3000〜100000爲佳, 以5000〜80000爲更佳,以7000〜60000爲特佳。重量平 均分子量在前述範圍內時,在聚合物的末端所導入複數個 官能基的效果能夠充分發揮,能夠發揮對固體表面的吸附 性、膠微粒形成性能、優良的界面活性之性能,能夠達成 -88- 200904907 良好的分散性及分散安定性。特別是將上述具有陰離子性 基之高分子化合物,在使有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體再分散 時作爲顏料分散劑使用時,能夠達成良好的分散性及分散 安定性。 前述通式(14)所示之高分子化合物沒有特別限制,能 夠藉由下述方法合成。有使具有複數個官能基(前述通式中 的G)之硫醇化合物作爲鏈轉移劑,而使乙烯系單體進行自 由基聚合之方法。 更具體地,以使用下述通式(15)所述之化合物作爲鏈 轉移劑,並使其進行自由基聚合爲佳。 通式(15) (+z_G_JtrQ^SH), 通式(15)中,G、J、Q、Z及m+1係與前述通式(14)之 G、J、Q、Z及m+1同義,且較佳範圍亦同樣。 前述乙烯系單體沒有特別限制,以例如(甲基)丙烯酸 酯類、巴豆酸酯類、乙烯酯類、順丁烯二酸二酯類、反丁 烯二酸二酯類、伊康酸二酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、乙烯 醚類、乙烯醇的酯類、苯乙烯類及(甲基)丙烯腈等爲佳。 如此的例子可舉出以下的化合物。 前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯類可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己 -89 - 200904907 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸十八烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙醯氧基乙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2 -乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-苯氧基-2-羥基 丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甘醇一甲基醚、 (甲基)丙烯酸二甘醇單乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇一甲基 醚、(甲基)丙烯酸三甘醇單乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇 一甲基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇單乙基醚、(甲基)丙烯酸 冷-苯氧基乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯氧基聚乙二 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬基苯氧基聚乙二酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環 戊烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三 氟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氟戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟辛基乙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三氟苯酯及(甲 基)丙烯酸三氟苯氧基乙酯等。 前述巴豆酸酯類可舉出例如巴豆酸丁酯、巴豆酸己酯 等。前述乙烯酯類可舉出例如乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、 丁酸乙烯酯、甲氧基乙酸乙烯酯及苯甲酸乙烯酯等。前述 順丁烯二酸二酯類可舉出例如順丁烯二酸二甲酯、順丁烯 二酸二乙酯及順丁烯二酸二丁酯等。前述反丁烯二酸二酯 類可舉出例如反丁烯二酸二甲酯、反丁烯二酸二乙酯及反 丁烯二酸二丁酯等。前述伊康酸二酯類可舉出例如伊康酸 二甲酯、伊康酸二乙醋及伊康酸二丁醋等。前述(甲基)丙 -90 - 200904907 烯醯胺類可舉出例如(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯 胺、N -乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N -丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-第三 丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲 氧基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 Ν,Ν-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν-苄基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯基味啉、二丙酮丙烯醯 胺等。 前述苯乙烯類可舉出例如苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二甲 基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、 丁基苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、丁氧基苯乙烯、 乙醯氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、氯 甲基苯乙烯、藉由能夠使用酸性物質脫保護的基(例如第三 Boc等)所保護之羥基苯乙烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯及α-甲基 苯乙烯等。前述乙烯醚類可舉出例如甲基乙烯醚、丁基乙 烯醚、己基乙烯醚及甲氧基乙基乙烯醚等。 可只使用一種上述乙烯系單體進行聚合,亦可並用2 種以上來進行聚合,此種自由基聚合物能夠藉由通常的方 法依照常用方法使各自相當的乙烯系單體進行聚合而得 到。 例如利用將此等的乙烯系單體及鏈轉移劑溶解在適當 的溶劑中,在此添加自由基聚合引發劑,在約50°C〜220 °C於溶液中進行聚合之方法(溶液聚合法)能夠得到。 在溶液聚合法能夠使用之適當溶劑的例子,能夠按照 -91- 200904907 所使用的單體及所生成共聚物的溶解性而任意地選擇。可 舉出例如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、1-甲氧基_2·丙醇、 乙酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、 乙酸甲氧基丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙腈、四氫呋喃、 二甲基甲醯胺、氯仿、甲苯、二甲基亞楓(DMSO)、N,N-二 甲基甲醯胺(DMF)、二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)及N-甲基-2-吡咯 啶酮(NMP)。此等溶劑亦可混合二種以上而使用。 又,自由基聚合引發劑能夠利用如2,2’-偶氮雙(異丁 腈)(AIBN)、2,2’ -偶氮雙_(2,4’-二甲基戊腈)之化合物、如 過氧化苯甲酿之過氧化物及過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨之過硫酸 鹽等。 以下,顯示前述通式(1 4)所示之高分子化合物的具體 例,但是未限定於此等。 -92- 200904907(Γ-Ι3) N^N o ο (Γ-12) H—^-0-03⁄4^^CHi-OO-NH-CH,- ^〇Fj^XH2-(in the above formula (14), m series An integer of 1 to 5 is preferred. m is preferably 2 to 5, more preferably 3 to 5. Further, 1 is an integer of 1 to 5. 1 is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 3. In the above formula (14), R represents a polymer compound residue (polymer skeleton), and can be selected from a usual polymer or the like according to the purpose and the like. The molecular skeleton refers to a polymer structure having a number average molecular weight of 1000 or more. Among the polymers, the polymer skeleton is selected from a polymer or copolymer derived from a vinyl monomer, an ester compound polymer, or an ether compound polymer. , a urethane-based compound polymer, a guanamine-based compound polymer, an epoxy-based compound polymer, a lanthanide-based polymer, and the like, or a modified product thereof (for example, a polyether/polyamine group) a copolymer of a formate copolymer, a polymer of a polyether/vinyl monomer (any of a random copolymer, a block copolymer, and a graft copolymer)] One of the less preferred ones is a group consisting of a vinyl monomer or a copolymer, an ester compound polymer, an ether compound polymer, a urethane compound polymer, and a modified or copolymer thereof. At least one is preferable, and a polymer or a copolymer of a vinyl monomer is particularly preferable. Further, the polymer is preferably soluble in an organic solvent, and when the affinity with an organic solvent is low, for example, when it is used as a pigment dispersant. There is a case where the affinity with the dispersion medium is poor, and it is not possible to ensure a sufficient adsorption layer for the dispersion stabilization. The polymer compound used in the production method of the present invention has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more, and a weight average molecular weight of preferably 3,000 to 100,000. It is more preferably 5,000 to 80,000, and particularly preferably 7,000 to 60000. When the weight average molecular weight is within the above range, the effect of introducing a plurality of functional groups at the end of the polymer can be sufficiently exerted, and the adsorption of the solid surface can be exerted. Properties, gel particle formation properties, excellent interfacial activity, can achieve -88-200904907 good dispersibility and dispersion stability. Especially When the polymer compound having an anionic group is used as a pigment dispersant when the organic nano pigment particles are re-dispersed, it is possible to achieve good dispersibility and dispersion stability. The formula (14) is high. The molecular compound is not particularly limited and can be synthesized by the following method. A method of radically polymerizing a vinyl monomer by using a thiol compound having a plurality of functional groups (G in the above formula) as a chain transfer agent More specifically, it is preferred to use a compound of the following formula (15) as a chain transfer agent and carry out radical polymerization. Formula (15) (+z_G_JtrQ^SH), Formula (15) In the above, G, J, Q, Z and m+1 are synonymous with G, J, Q, Z and m+1 of the above formula (14), and the preferred ranges are also the same. The vinyl monomer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include (meth) acrylates, crotonates, vinyl esters, maleic acid diesters, fumaric acid diesters, and itaconic acid. Esters, (meth)acrylamides, vinyl ethers, esters of vinyl alcohol, styrenes, and (meth)acrylonitrile are preferred. The following compounds are mentioned as such an example. Examples of the (meth) acrylate include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate. N-butyl ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl-89 - 200904907 ester, (meth)acrylic acid Tributylcyclohexyl ester, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, third octyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate, ( Ethyl methoxyethyl methacrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate 2 - Ethoxyethyl ester, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate , diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol (meth)acrylate Monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Cold-phenoxyethoxyethyl acrylate, nonylphenoxypolyethylene (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxypolyethylene (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate Ester ester, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, octafluoropentyl (meth)acrylate, perfluorooctyl ethyl (meth)acrylate, ( Methyl)dicyclopentanyl acrylate, trifluorophenyl (meth)acrylate, and trifluorophenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate. The crotonate may, for example, be butyl crotonate or hexyl crotonate. Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, methoxyvinyl acetate, and vinyl benzoate. Examples of the maleic acid diester include dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, and dibutyl maleate. Examples of the fumaric acid diester include dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, and dibutyl methacrylate. Examples of the above-mentioned isonic acid diesters include dimethyl meconate, diethyl ketone, and dibutyric acid. The (meth) propyl-90 - 200904907 olefinic amines may, for example, be (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propyl (meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-tert-butyl (meth) hydrazine Amine, N-cyclohexyl (meth) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, Ν-Diethyl(meth) propylene decylamine, fluorene-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine-benzyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene sulfhydryl, diacetone propylene Amidoxime and the like. Examples of the styrenes include styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethylstyrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, hydroxystyrene, and methoxy. Styrene, butoxy styrene, ethoxylated styrene, chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, bromostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, a group which can be deprotected by using an acidic substance (for example, the third Boc et al. Protected hydroxystyrene, methyl benzoate, and α-methyl styrene. Examples of the vinyl ethers include methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, and methoxy ethyl vinyl ether. The polymerization may be carried out using only one type of the above-mentioned vinyl monomer, or two or more types may be used in combination, and such a radical polymer can be obtained by polymerizing each of the equivalent vinyl monomers by a usual method in accordance with a usual method. For example, a method in which a vinyl monomer and a chain transfer agent are dissolved in a suitable solvent, a radical polymerization initiator is added thereto, and polymerization is carried out in a solution at about 50 to 220 ° C (solution polymerization method) ) can get. An example of a suitable solvent which can be used in the solution polymerization method can be arbitrarily selected in accordance with the solubility of the monomer used in the use of -91-200904907 and the copolymer to be produced. For example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutylene can be mentioned. Ketone, methoxypropyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, chloroform, toluene, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethyl Indoleamine (DMF), dimethylacetamide (DMAc) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP). These solvents may be used in combination of two or more kinds. Further, the radical polymerization initiator can utilize a compound such as 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile) (AIBN) or 2,2'-azobis-(2,4'-dimethylvaleronitrile) For example, peroxides derived from benzoic acid peroxide and potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate persulfate, and the like. Specific examples of the polymer compound represented by the above formula (14) are shown below, but are not limited thereto. -92- 200904907

F-2F-2

NaQ3SNaQ3S

F-3F-3

-93- 200904907-93- 200904907

O OMe F一 7 ol oO OMe F - 7 ol o

0^χ0Μβ 〇^〇·^^ΌΗ F-80^χ0Μβ 〇^〇·^^ΌΗ F-8

-94 - 200904907-94 - 200904907

[ 〇 Na03S 七 q=人 _ · 1 、ΟΜβ s人。」 F一 10[ 〇 Na03S seven q = people _ · 1, ΟΜβ s people. F-10

rV 0 0 Na03S、/"·^ 八儿\ r V0^ A〇-^r^〇^A,rV 0 0 Na03S, /"·^ 八儿\r V0^ A〇-^r^〇^A,

、〇A〇A

Na03S F-12 [離析] 以下,說明凝集而之有機奈米粒子的離析方法。 首先,在離析前,將凝集而成的液體靜置〇 . 5〜2小時 爲佳。因爲凝集體沈降,能夠藉由將上部澄清液傾析,或 是藉由吸取來除去,凝集體的離析變爲更容易。又,藉由 離心分離來代替靜置,凝集體的沈降有可能更快速,能夠 縮短時間。 離析方夠採取各種方法,可舉出藉由超濾、離心過濾、 濾紙或過濾器來過濾。 -95 - 200904907 藉由超濾時,例如鹵化銀乳劑的脫鹽/濃縮時所使用之 方法能夠適用。已知有硏究發表(Research Disclosure) No.1 020 8 ( 1 972 年)、Νο·1 3 1 22 ( 1 975 年)及 No. 1 6 3 5 1 ( 1 977年)之發表。操作條件之重要壓力差或流量,能夠參 考大矢春彥著「膜利用技術手冊」幸書房出版(1978年)、 第27 5頁所記載之特性曲線來選定,處理目標有機奈米粒 子分散物,必須找出爲了抑制粒子凝集之最適合條件。又’ 爲了補充膜滲透而損失的溶劑之方法,有連續添加溶劑之 定容式及斷續分開添加之分次式,因爲脫鹽處理時間相對 較短,以定容式爲佳。如此進行補充溶劑時,係使用離子 交換或蒸餾所得到的純水,亦可在純水中混合分散劑、分 散劑的弱溶劑,亦可直接添加在有機奈米粒子分散物中。 過濾器能夠使用例如加壓過濾的裝置。較佳的過濾器 可舉出例如濾紙、奈米過濾器、超濾器等。 有機奈米粒子的濃縮所使用藉由離心分離之離心分離 機,若是能夠使有機奈米粒子分散液(或是有機奈米粒子濃 縮萃取液)中的有機奈米粒子沈澱時,可以使用任何裝置。 離心分離機例如除了泛用的裝置以外可舉出具有撇去功能 (在旋轉中吸引上部澄清層而排出系統外之功能)之物、或 連續地將固體成分排除之連續式離心分離機等。 離心分離條件之離心力(表示重力加速度若干倍的離 心加速度之値),以5 0〜1 0 0 0 〇爲佳’以1 0 〇〜8 0 0 0爲更佳’ 以150〜6000爲特佳。離心分離時的溫度係取決於分散液 的溶劑種類,以-1 〇〜8 0 °C爲佳’以-5〜7 0 °C爲更佳,以0 -96 - 200904907 〜6 0 °C爲特佳。 離析後的凝集體,能夠進行脫鹽、脫水、除去剩餘的 分散劑的目的之洗淨。洗淨操作可以在超濾、離心分離、 濾紙或過濾器過濾後,直接添加洗淨液來進行澆洗,亦可 暫出凝集體,並在洗淨液中再漿體化後,藉由超濾、離心 分離、濾紙或過濾器來離析,亦可進行組合該等而成的洗 淨。 又,洗淨不只是在如上述的離析後進行,亦可在離析 前進行。能夠藉由將凝集後的奈米顏料粒子分散液靜置, 並除去上部澄清液,添加洗淨且再槳體化來達成。再漿體 化後,可以靜置除去上部澄清液並過濾,亦可直接過爐。 在離析前進行洗淨時,因爲凝集體經常潤濕,不只是洗淨 效率上升,且後述的再分散更加容易。 洗淨液若是能夠達成脫鹽、脫水、除去剩餘的分散劑、 凝集劑的水性溶劑時,沒有特別限定,具體上,可舉出例 如水性溶劑(例如水、或鹽酸、氫氧化鈉水溶液)、醇化合 物溶劑、醯胺化合物溶劑、酮化合物溶劑、醚化合物溶劑、 芳香族化合物溶劑、二硫化碳溶劑、脂肪族化合物溶劑、 腈化合物溶劑、亞颯化合物溶劑、_素化合物溶劑、醋化 合物溶劑、離子性液體及此等的混合溶劑等,以水性溶劑、 醇化合物溶劑、酮化合物溶劑、醚化合物溶劑、腈化合物 溶劑、亞颯化合物溶劑、酯化合物溶劑、醯胺化合物溶劑、 或是此等的混合物爲佳,以水性溶劑、醇化合物溶劑、醋 化合物溶劑及腈化合物溶劑爲更佳。 -97 - 200904907 洗淨後的凝集體亦可直接進行後述的再分散,亦可使 用再分散溶劑(後述)潤濕後進行再分散,亦可乾燥而成爲 有機奈米粒子分散物的粉體並取出後,進行再分散。 凍結乾燥的方法沒有特別限定,該業者能夠利用的任 何方法都可採用。例如可舉出冷媒直接膨脹方法、重複冷 凍方法、熱媒循環方法、三重熱交換方法、間接加熱凍結 方法’以冷媒直接膨脹方法、間接加熱凍結方法爲佳,以 使用間接加熱凍結方法爲更佳。任一方法都是以進行預備 凍結後’再進行凍結乾燥爲佳。預備凍結的條件沒有特別 限定,進行凍結乾燥之試料必須全部被凍結才可。 間接加熱凍結方法之裝置可舉出小型凍結乾燥機、FT S 凍結乾燥機、LYO VAC凍結乾燥機、實驗用凍結乾燥機、 硏究用凍結乾燥機、三重熱交換真空凍結乾燥機、單冷卻 式凍結乾燥機、HULL凍結乾燥機,以小型凍結乾燥機、實 驗用凍結乾燥機、硏究用凍結乾燥機、單冷卻式凍結乾燥 機爲佳,以小型凍結乾燥機、單冷卻式凍結乾燥機爲更佳。 凍結乾燥的溫度沒有特別限定,例如-1 9(TC〜-4 t, 以-120°C〜-20°C爲佳,以- 8 0°C〜-6(TC爲更佳。凍結乾燥 的壓力亦沒有特別限定,該業者能夠適當地選擇,例如〇 . ;! 〜3 5Pa,以1〜15Pa爲佳,以5〜1 OPa爲更佳。凍結乾燥 時間係例如2〜4 8小時,以6〜3 6小時爲佳,以1 6〜2 6小 時爲更佳。不過該業者能夠適當地選擇此等條件。關於凍 結乾燥方法例如能夠參照製劑機械技術手冊:製劑機械技 術硏究會編、地人書館、第120-129頁(2000年9月):真 -98 - 200904907 空手冊:日本真空技術股份公司編、OHM公司、第328-331 頁(1992年);凍結及乾燥硏究會會刊:伊藤孝治他、No.15、 第82頁(1965年)等之記載。 有機奈米粒子的濃縮所使用藉由減壓乾燥之裝置’若 能夠使有機奈米粒子分散液(或是有機奈米粒子濃縮萃取 液)中的溶劑蒸發時沒有特別限制,可舉出例如泛用真空乾 燥器和旋轉式泵、或能夠邊攪拌液體邊加熱減壓乾燥之裝 置、能夠藉由使液體通過已加熱減壓的管路中’來連續地 乾燥之裝置等。 加熱減壓溫度以30〜230°C爲佳’以35〜200°C爲更佳’ 以40〜180°C爲特佳。減壓時的壓力以1〇〇〜l〇〇〇〇〇Pa爲 佳,以300〜90000Pa爲更佳,以500〜80000Pa爲特佳。 [再分散] 依照本發明製法,能夠按照必要將凝集狀態之有機奈 米顏料粒子微細分散化(在本發明,微細分散化係指解開分 散液中的粒子之凝集來提高分散度)。 爲了使上述凝集化而成的有機奈米顏料粒子能夠迅速 地進行過濾器過濾,並再次得到良好的分散狀態,以使其 凝集成能夠再分散的程度而成的絮凝體爲佳。 因此,使用通常的分散方法所分散化的程度時,微粒 子化並不充分,係有必要使用微細化效率更高的方法。 微細分散化此種奈米粒子的凝集體之方法,例如能夠 使用藉由超音波分散方法或施加物理性能量之方法。 所使用的超音波照射裝置以具有能夠施加1 0kHz以上 -99 - 200904907 的超音波之功能爲佳,可舉出例如超音波均化器、超 洗滌機等。在超音波照射裝置中,因爲液溫若上升時 米粒子會產生熱凝集(參照非專利文獻1 ),液溫以1 一 °C爲佳,以5〜6 0 °C爲更佳。溫度的控制方法能夠藉 制分散液溫度、控制用以控制分散液溫度之溫度調整 來進行。 施加物理性能量來使用已濃縮的有機奈米粒子分 所使用的分散機沒有特別限制,可舉出例如揑合器、 機、立式球磨機、超碾磨機、溶解器、高速攪拌器及 機等分散機。又,可適合舉出的亦有藉由使用高壓分 或微子粒子珠粒之分散法。 有機奈米粒子分散組成物之較佳製法,係使用樹 分將著色劑以混煉分散處理後在 25 t的黏j 1 0,000mPa · s以上、較佳爲100,000 mPa· s以上之比 黏度的方式進行混煉分散處理,隨後添加溶劑,以微 處理後的黏度爲l,〇〇〇mPa. s以下、較佳係lOOmPa· 下之比較低黏度的方式進行微分散處理之方法爲佳。 再分散處理時所使用的機械,係雙輥、三輥、球磨 轉筒篩磨機(trommel mill)、分散器、捏合器、混煉擠壓 均化器、摻合器、單軸或雙軸擠壓機等,邊施加強剪 邊分散。接著,添加溶劑,主要使用立式或橫式的砂磨 針盤式碾磨機、狹縫式碾磨機、超音波分散機、高壓 機等,藉由使用0.1〜1毫米粒徑的玻璃、锆等製成的 進行微分散處理。而且亦可以更使用0.1毫米以下的 音波 ,奈 - 100 由控 層等 散時 輥磨 砂磨 散法 脂成 f爲 較高 分散 s以 ;機、 丨機、 切力 ;機、 分壓 珠粒 微小 -100- 200904907 粒子珠粒來進行精密分散處理。 又,亦可在各自分散處理主顏料及輔助顏料後,將兩 者的分散液混合而更施加分散處理,將主顏料與輔助顏料 一起進行分散處理。 而且,關於分散之詳細,在T . C . P a 11 ο η著“塗料流動 及顏料分散(Paint Flow and pigment Dispersion)”( 1964 年,John Wiley and Sons公司刊物)等亦有記載,亦可使用 該方法。 爲了提高有機奈米顏料粒子的分散性之目的,亦可在 有機奈米顏料粒子分散組成物添加通常的顏料分散劑及界 面活性劑。此等分散劑有許多種類的化合物可使用,可舉 出例如酞青衍生物(市售品EFKA-6745(EFCA公司製))、 SOLUSPARS 5 00 0(ZENECA (股)公司製);有機矽氧烷聚合 物 KP3 4 1 (信越化學工業(股)公司製)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共) 聚物POLYFRO Νο.75、Νο.90、Νο·95(共榮社油脂化學工業 (股)公司製)、W001 (裕商社製)等陽離子系界面活性劑;聚 氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂酸基醚、聚氧乙烯油醯基 醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二 醇二月桂酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯 等非離子系界面活性劑;W004、W005、W017(裕商社製) 等陰離子系界面活性劑;EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、 EFKA 聚合物 100、EFKA-400、EFKA-401、EFKA-450(以上 森下產業(股)公司製)、DISPARSEID 6、DISPARSEID 8、 DISP ARSEID 1 5 > DISPARSEID 9 1 00(S ANNOPCO 公司製) 200904907 等高分子分散齊!1 ; SOLUSPARS 3000、5000、9000、12000、 13240、 13940、 17000、 24000、 26000、 28000 等各種 SOLUSPARS 分散齊!l (ZENECA(股)公司製);ADEKAPRURONIC L31 、 F38 、 L42 、 L44 、 L61 、 L64 、 F68 、 L72 、 P95 、 F77 、 P84、F87 ' P94、L101、P103 > F108、L121、P-123(旭電化 (股)公司製)及ISONET S-20(三洋化成(股)公司製)。又, 2000-239554號公報所記載之顏料分散劑、或特公平 5-72943號公報所記載之化合物(C)、或特開2001-31885號 公報所記載之合成例1的化合物等亦適合使用。 在有機奈米粒子分散組成物,能夠使再分散的有機奈 米粒子(一次粒子)成爲微細分散化的粒子,較佳是能夠使 粒徑爲1〜200奈米,以2〜100奈米爲更佳,以5〜50奈 米爲特佳。又,再分散後的粒子之Mv/Mn以1 .0〜2.0爲佳, 以1 . 0〜1 · 8爲更佳,以1 . 0〜1 · 5爲特佳。 依照本發明的製法,例如能夠將有機奈米顏料粒子分 散組成物或後述之著色感光性樹脂組成物所含有的顏料粒 子,儘管是奈米尺寸(例如10〜100奈米)之微小粒徑,亦 能夠濃縮再分散化。因此,使用於彩色濾光片時,光學濃 度高、濾光片表面的均勻性優良、對比高、且能夠減少畫 像的雜訊。 而且,因爲藉由使有機奈米顏料粒子分散組成物、在 著色感光性組成物所含有的機奈米顏料粒子’高度且均勻 地微細分散化,能夠以薄膜厚度發揮高著色濃度,例如能 夠使彩色濾光片等薄層化。 -102- 200904907 又,在機奈米顏料粒子分散組成物、著色感光性,組成 物,藉由使其含有顯示鮮明的色調及高著色力之顏料,成 爲製造例如彩色濾光片等之優良的畫像形成材#。 而且,關於形成著色畫像時之曝光、顯像時所使用的 鹼性顯像液,能夠在有機奈米粒子分散組成物、著色感光 性樹脂組成物中,使用在驗性水溶液中可溶者作爲結合劑 (binder),亦能夠適應環境上的要求。 又,有機奈米顏料粒子分散組成物、著色感光性樹脂 組成物所使用的溶劑(顏料的分散介質),能夠使用具有適 度乾燥性之有機溶劑,就塗布後的乾燥而言,亦能夠滿足 其要求。 [著色感光性樹脂組成物] 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物係含有(a)有機奈米 顏料粒子、(b)黏合劑、(〇聚合性單體或低聚物及(d)光聚 合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系統。以下說明著色感光性樹脂 組成物的各成分。 (a)有機奈米顏料粒子 製造有機奈米顏料粒子的方法前面已詳述。相對於著 色感光性樹脂組成物中的總固體形分(在本發明,總固體成 分係指除了有機溶劑以外之組成物合計),有機奈米顏料粒 子的含量以3〜90質量%爲佳,以20〜80質量%爲較佳, 以25〜60質量%爲更佳。該量太多時,分散液的黏度上升, 製造適合性上會有成爲問題的情形。太少時會有著色力不 充分的情形。作爲著色劑機能之微粒子的粒徑爲〇. 1微米 -103 - 200904907 以下,粒徑以〇 · 0 8微米以下爲特佳。粒徑的下限値沒有特 別限制’係與前述有機奈米顏料粒子(一次粒子)的粒徑的 下限値同樣。又’爲了調色亦可以組合通常的顏料。顏料 能使用上述記載者。在本發明,有機奈米粒子以使用作爲 上述的有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散物爲佳。 (b) 黏合劑 著色感光性樹脂組成物中黏著劑以使用先前所述之重 量平均分子量爲1000以上的高分子化合物爲佳。相對於著 色感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,黏著劑的含量通常爲 15〜50質量°/。,以20〜45質量%爲佳。該量過多時組成物 的黏度變爲太高,會有在製造適合性上成爲問題之情形。 太少時會有在塗布膜的形成上成爲問題之情形。 (c) 單體或低聚物 在本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物所含有之單體或低 聚物,以具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和雙鍵,能夠藉由照射 光來進行加成聚合之物爲佳。如此的單體及低聚物,可舉 出在分子中至少具有1個能夠加成聚合之乙烯性不飽和 基,沸點在常壓下爲1 00°c以上之化合物。其例子可舉出 二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸 酯、聚丙二醇一(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯 等單官能丙烯酸酯或單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二 (甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙 烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲 基丙烷二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四 -104- 200904907 醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊 四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己 二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基) 醚、三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)三聚異氰酸酯、三(丙烯醯氧基乙 基)三聚氰酸酯、甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、在三羥甲基丙烷 或甘油等的多官能醇加添環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後(甲基)丙 烯酸酯化而成之物等多官能丙烯酸酯或多官能甲基丙烯酸 酯。又,可適合舉出之化合物有如特開平10-62986號公報 之通式(1)及(2)所記載,在多官能醇加添環氧乙烷或環氧丙 烷後(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成之化合物。 而且,可舉出特公昭48-41708號公報、特公昭50-6034 號公報及特開昭5 1 - 3 7 1 9 3號公報所記載之丙烯酸胺基甲酸 酯類;特開昭48-641 83號公報、特公昭49-43 1 9 1號公報 及特公昭52-30490號公報所記載之聚酯型丙烯酸酯類;環 氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應生成物之環氧丙烯酸酯類等 多官能丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。 此等之中,以三羥甲基丙烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四 醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯及二新 戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯爲佳。 又,此外可適合舉出的較佳之物有特開平1 1 - 1 3 3 600 號公報所記載之「聚合性化合物B」。 此等單體或低聚物(單體或低聚物係以分子量200〜 1000爲佳)可單獨或並用二種類以上使用,相對於著色感光 性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,通常含量爲5〜5 0質量%, -105- 200904907 以1 0〜4 0質量%爲佳。該量太多時,顯像性的控制困難, 會有製造適合性的問題。太少時曝光時的硬化力不足夠。 (d)光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系統 本發明的彩色濾光片用噴墨印墨所含有的光聚合引發 劑或光聚合引發劑系統(在本發明,光聚合引發劑系統係指 組合複數的化合物來顯現光聚合引發功能之聚合引發組成 物),可舉出美國專利第2367660號說明書所揭示之連位聚 縮酮化合物、美國專利第208 828號說明書所記載之偶姻 醚化合物、美國專利第27225 1 2號說明書所記載之α -烴取 代之芳香族偶姻化合物、美國專利第3046127號說明書及 同第29 5 1 7 5 8號說明書所記載之多環苯醌化合物、美國專 利第3 5 4 9 3 6 7號說明書所記載之三芳基咪唑二聚物與對胺 基酮的組合、特公昭5 1 -48 5 1 6號公報所記載之苯并噻唑化 合物及三鹵甲基-s-三阱化合物、美國專利第4239850號說 明書所記載之三鹵甲基-三阱化合物、美國專利第42 1 2976 號說明書所記載之三鹵甲基噚二唑化合物等。其中以三鹵 甲基-s-三畊化合物、三鹵甲基噚二唑化合物及三芳基咪唑 二聚物爲佳。 又,其他適合舉出之物有特開平11-133600號公報所 記載之「聚合引發劑C」、或肟系之1-苯基-1,2 -丙二酮- 2- (鄰 乙氧基羰基)肟、〇-苯甲醯基-4’-(苯并氫硫基)苄基-己基_ 酮肟、氧化2,4,6-三甲基苯基羰基-二苯基膦醯、六氟膦酸 基三烷基苯基錢鹽等亦佳。 該等光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系統可單獨或混合 -1 06 - 200904907 2種以上而使用,其中以並用2種以上爲佳。使用至少2 種以上的光聚合引發劑時’能夠良好的顯示特性、特別是 顯示不均較少。 相對於彩色濾光片用著色感光性樹脂組成物之總固體 成分,光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系統的含量通常爲0-5 〜20質量%,以1〜15質量%爲佳。該量太多時敏感度太 高,控制變爲困難。太少時曝光敏感度太低。曝光能夠使 用的放射線以使用g線、i線等的紫外線爲佳。照射量以5 〜1500mJ/cm2爲佳,以10〜1000mJ/cm2爲更佳,以10〜 500mJ/cm2 爲最佳。 (其他添加劑) [溶劑] 在本發明之彩色濾光片用著色感光性樹脂組成物,除 了上述成分以外,亦可更使用有機溶劑。有機溶劑的例子 沒有特別限定,酯類有例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸 異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、 丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、烷基酯類、乳酸甲酯、 乳酸乙酯、羥基乙酸甲酯、羥基乙酸乙酯、羥基乙酸丁酯、 甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙 氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、3-羥基丙酸甲酯、3-羥 基丙酸乙酯等3-羥基丙酸烷基酯類:3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、 3 -甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3 -乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3 -乙氧基丙酸乙 酯、2-羥基丙酸甲酯、2-羥基丙酸乙酯、2·羥基丙酸丙酯、 2 -甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2 -甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2 -甲氧基丙酸丙 -107- 200904907 酯、2 -乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2 -乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2 -羥基-2-甲 基丙酸甲酯、2 -羥基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、2 -甲氧基-2-甲基丙 酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸 乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-側 氧基丙酸甲酯、2-側氧基丙酸乙酯等;醚類有例如二甘醇 二甲基醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇一甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、 甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二甘醇一甲基醚、 丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯等;酮類有例如甲基乙基酮、甲基異 丁基酮、環己酮、環己醇、2 -庚酮、3 -庚酮等;芳香族烴 類有例如甲苯、二甲苯等。此等之中,在本發明以使用3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3·乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、 乳酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、3 -甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2 -庚酮、環己 酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲基 醚乙酸酯等作爲溶劑爲佳。此等溶劑可單獨使用,亦可組 合2種以上而使用。 又,亦可按照必要用沸點爲1 8 0 °C〜2 5 0 °C之溶劑。此 等高沸點溶劑如以下所示。有二甘醇單丁基醚、二甘醇單 乙基醚乙酸酯、二甘醇單乙基醚、3,5,5-三甲基-2-環己烯 -1-酮、乳酸丁酯、二丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇一甲 基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯 '丙二醇正丙基醚乙酸酯、 二甘醇二乙基醚、2-乙基己基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基-3-甲基丁 基乙酸酯、r-丁內酯、三丙二醇甲基乙基乙酸酯、二丙二 醇正丁基乙酸酯 '丙二醇苯基醚乙酸酯及1,3-丁二醇二乙 酸酯。 -108- 200904907 相對於樹脂組成物總量,溶劑的含量以1 〇〜9 5質量% 爲佳。 [界面活性劑] 在以往所使用的彩色濾光片,爲了實現高的色純度, 各像素的顏色變濃,會有像素的膜厚度不均直接以顏色不 均的方式被辨識之問題。因此,要求改善對像素的膜厚度 有直接影響之形成(塗布)感光性樹脂時的膜厚度變動。 在本發明的彩色濾光片或是使用本發明的著色感光性 樹脂組成物而成的轉印材料,從能夠控制均勻的膜厚度, 有效地防止塗布不均(因膜厚度變動造成顏色不均)的觀 點,以使該著色感光性樹脂組成物中含有適當的界面活性 劑爲佳。 上述界面活性劑可適合舉出的有特開2003-337424 號、特開平1 1 - 1 3 3 600號公報所揭示之界面活性劑,相對 於樹脂組成物總量,界面活性劑的含量以 5質量%以下爲 佳。 [熱聚合抑制劑] 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組成物以含有熱聚合抑制劑 爲佳。該熱聚合抑制劑的例子可舉出例如氫醌、氫醌一甲 基醚、對甲氧基苯酚、二第三丁基對甲酚、五倍子酚、第 三丁基兒苯酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯 酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4 -甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2-氫硫基苯 并咪唑、啡噻畊等。相對於樹脂組成物總量,熱聚合抑制 劑的含量以1質量%以下爲佳。 -109- 200904907 [輔助性使用染料、顏料] 在不損害本發明的效果之範圍,按照必要可以 明的著色感光性樹脂組成物添加前述著色劑(顔料) 劑(染料、顏料)。著色劑中使用顏料時,以均勻地 彩色濾光片用著色感光性樹脂組成物中爲佳,因此 0.1微米以下,其中以0.08微米以下爲佳。 染料或顏料具體上,前述顏料可以適合使 2005-17716號公報[0038]〜[0040]所記載之著色劑、 2005-361447號公報[0068]〜[0072]所記載之顏料、 2005-17521號公報[0080]〜[0088]所記載之著色劑。 彩色濾光片用著色感光性樹脂組成物的總量,輔助 之染料或顏料之含量,以5質量%以下爲佳。 [紫外線吸收劑] 按照必要可以在本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成 紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑除了特開平5 -72724 所記載之化合物以外,亦可舉出柳酸酯系、二苯基 苯并三唑系、氰基丙烯酸酯系、鎳鉗合系、受阻酚 具體上,可舉出柳酸苯酯、柳酸4-第三丁基苯酯 二-第三4’-羥基苯甲酸2,4-二-第三丁基苯酯、柳酸 丁基苯酯、2,4-二羥基二苯基酮、2_羥基-4-甲氧基 酮、2-羥基-4-正辛氧基二苯基酮、2-(2’-羥基- 5’-甲; 苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基- 3’-第三丁基- 5’-甲基苯基)-5. 三唑、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2,2’-羥基-4_ 二苯基酮、二苯基二硫代胺基甲酸鎳、癸二酸雙(: 在本發 |、著色 分散在 粒徑爲 用特開 或特開 或特開 相對於 性使用 物含有 號公報 酮系、 系等。 、3,,5,-4-第三 二苯基 基苯基) -氯苯幷 -甲氧基 2,2,6,6- -110- 200904907 四甲基-4 -吡啶)酯、柳酸4-第三丁基苯酯、柳酸苯酯、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶縮合物、琥珀酸雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基 -4-哌啶基)酯、2-[2·羥基-3,5-雙〇,α-二甲苄基)苯基]-2H-苯并三唑、7-{[4-氯- 6- (二乙胺基)-5 -三畊-2-基]胺基}-3-苯基香豆素等。相對彩色濾光片用著色感光性樹脂組成物 總量,紫外線吸收劑的含量以5質量%以下爲佳。 又,在本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物,除了上述添 加劑以外,可以含有特開平1 1 - 1 3 3 6 0 0號公報所記載之「接 著助劑」或其他的添加劑等。 [著色感光性樹脂組成物的塗布膜] 在使用本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物而成的塗布膜 之含有成分,係與在「著色感光性樹脂組成物」項目已記 載者同樣。又,使用本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物而成 的塗布膜的厚度能夠按照其用途而適當地決定,以〇.5〜 5.0微米爲佳,以1.0〜3.0微米爲更佳。在使用該本發明 的著色感光性樹脂組成物之塗布膜,使其所含有的(〇單體 或低聚物聚合而成爲著色感光性樹脂組成物的聚合膜,能 夠製造具有該聚合膜之彩色濾光片(關於彩色濾光片的製 造係如後述)。聚合單體或聚合性低聚物的聚合能夠藉由光 照射使(d)光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系統作用來進行° <彩色濾光片及其製法> 接著,說明本發明的彩色濾光片及其製法。 本發明的彩色濾光片其特徵係在支撐體上具有使用本 發明的光硬化性組成物(著色感光性樹脂組成物)而構成的 -111- 200904907 著色圖案。 以下,經由其製法(本發明的彩色濾光片的製法)來詳 述本發明的彩色濾光片。 本發明的彩色濾光片的製法其特徵係含有:將本發明 的光硬化性組成物直接或透過其他的層賦予在基板上,來 形成感光性膜之步驟(以下,簡稱「感光性膜形成步驟」); 對所形成的感光性膜,進行圖案曝光(透過光罩進行曝光) 步驟(以下,簡稱「曝光步驟」);及將曝光後的感光性膜 顯來形成著色圖案之步驟(以下,簡稱「顯像步驟」)。 以下,說明本發明的彩色濾光片的製法之各步驟。 (感光性膜形成步驟) 在感光性膜形成步驟係直接或在具有其他層的基板 上,塗布(賦予)本發明的光硬化性組成物來形成感光性膜。 在本製程能夠使用基板可舉出例如液晶顯示元件等所 使用的鈉鈣玻璃、派勒斯(PYREX、註冊商標)玻璃、石英 玻璃及在該等黏附透明導電膜而成之物,或固體攝像元件 等所使用之光電轉換元件基板例如矽基板等、或互補性金 屬氧化膜半導體(CMOS)等。此等基板亦有形成黑色矩陣用 以將各像素隔離之情形。 又,在此等基板上,亦可按照必要設置底塗層(其他的 層),用以改良與上部層之黏附、防止物質擴散或使基板表 面平坦化。 在基板上塗布本發明的硬化性組成物之塗布方法,能 夠應用狹縫塗布、噴墨塗布、旋轉塗布、流延塗布、輥塗 -112- 200904907 布及網版印刷法等各種塗布方法。 光硬化性組成物之塗布厚度以〇 .丨〜1 〇微米爲佳 0.2〜5微米爲較佳,以〇·2〜3微米爲更佳。 在基板上所塗布的感光性膜的乾燥(預烘烤)能使 板、烘箱等,在5〇〜14〇。(:、乾燥1〇〜3〇〇秒來進行 (曝光步驟) 曝光步驟係透過具有規定光罩圖案之光罩,將在 形成感光性膜之步驟所形成的感光性膜進行曝光,亦 行圖案曝光。 在本步驟’係藉由對塗布膜之感光性膜,透過規 案的光罩進行曝光’只有使光照射過的塗布膜部分硬 曝光時所使用的放射線以使用g射線、i射線等紫 爲特佳,照射強度以5mJ〜1500mJ/cm2爲佳,以 1000mJ/cm2 爲更佳,以 10mJ 〜500mJ/cm2 爲最佳。 本發明的彩色濾光片係液晶顯示元件用時,在上 圍以5〜200mJ/cm2爲佳,以10〜150mJ/cm2爲更佳, 〜lOOmJ/cm2爲最佳。本發明的彩色濾光片係固體攝像 用時,在上述範圍以 30〜1500mJ/cm2爲佳,以 1000mJ/cm2爲更佳,以80〜500mJ/cm2爲最佳。 (顯像步驟) 接著藉由進行曝光步驟,來使在曝光步之光未照 分溶出在鹼水溶液中。藉此,只有經光硬化過的部分努 顯像液係若是能夠將在未硬化部之光硬化性組成物的 解,且不會溶解硬化部時,能夠使用任何物。具體上 ,以 用熱 前述 即進 定圖 化。 外線 1 0〜 述範 以1 0 元件 50〜 射部 留。 膜溶 ,能 -113- 200904907 夠使用各種有機溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。 顯像溫度通常爲20°C〜3〇°C ’顯像時間爲20〜90秒。 前述有機溶劑可舉出調製本發明的顏料分散組成物或 光硬化性組成物時能夠使用之前述的溶劑。 前述鹼性的水溶液,能夠將例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、 碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、砂酸鈉、偏砂酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二 乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲銨、氫氧化四乙銨、膽 鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氧雜雙環-[5、4、0]-7-十一烯等有 機鹼性化合物,使用純水稀釋成濃度爲0.0 0 1〜1 0質量%、 較佳是〇 · 0 1〜1質量%的鹼性水溶液作爲顯像液。 又,使用由此種鹼性水溶液所構成之顯像液時,通常 係在顯像後使用純水進行洗滌(rinse)。 顯像步驟,洗淨除去剩餘的顯像液,並在施行乾燥進 行加熱處理(後烘烤)。 後烘烤係顯像後的加熱處理使硬化完全,通常係進行 1 00 °C〜240 °c的熱硬化處理。基板係玻璃基板或矽基板 時,在上述溫度中以2001〜240 t:爲佳。 該後烘烤處理能夠對顯像後的塗布膜,使用熱板或對 流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱手法,以 性熱 fe 口 光 力 感之 行要 進必 。 地照 行複按 ·1ει 一g一 , 達 重 地目且 式數(M 批相驟 分色步 或的像 式要顯 續需及 連照驟 式依步 方,光 的明曝 件說、 條述驟 述上步 上如成 爲形 成膜 mil 理 處 時 膜 成 。 形 片來 光物 濾成 色組 彩性 的 化 成硬 構光 所的 相月 色#0 要本 需 由 造 製 來 予 賦 上 板 基 在 -114- 200904907 膜的乾燥厚度通常爲0.3〜5.0微米,以0.5〜3.5微米爲 佳,以1 . 〇〜2.5微米爲最佳。 基板可舉出例如液晶顯示元件等所使用的無鹼玻璃、 鈉鈣玻璃、派列克斯(註冊商標)玻璃、派勒斯(P Y R E X、註 冊商標)玻璃、石英玻璃及在該等黏附透明導電膜而成之 物,或固體攝像元件等所使用之光電轉換元件基板例如矽 基板及塑膠基板等。在該等基板上,通常係形成有黑色矩 陣用以將各像素隔離。 在塑膠基板之表面,以具有氣體阻障層及/或耐溶劑性 層爲佳。 本發明的光硬化性組成物的用途前述係主要以在彩色 濾光片的像素的用途作爲主體,但是當然不必說,亦能夠 應用在設置於彩色濾光片的像素間之黑色矩陣。黑色矩陣 除了使用在本發明的光硬化性組成物添加碳黑、鈦黑等的 黑色著色劑作爲著色劑而成者以外,係與上述像素的製法 同樣地,能夠在圖案曝光、鹼性顯像、進而在隨後,後烘 烤促進膜的硬化來形成。 [實施例] <實施例1> [有機奈米顏料粒子水性分散液的調製] 將45質量份C.I.顏料紅254及90質量份聚乙烯基吡 咯啶酮(K-25、和光純藥工業公司製)添加在95 3質量份二 甲基亞砸(DMSO)並攪拌。在該溶液添加28質量%甲氧基甲 醇鈉溶液(30體積份),來調製顏料溶液A。另一方面,調 200904907 製4 0 0 0質量份水作爲顏料不溶性溶劑b。 將前述顏料不溶性溶劑B在3 0。(:使用藤澤製藥工業公 司製GK-0222- 1 0型拉曼多靜止攪拌器(商品名)邊以 5 OOrpm攪拌’邊在該顏料不溶性溶劑b使用日本精密科學 公司製NP-KX-5 00型大容量無脈流泵(商品名)以流速1〇〇 毫升/分鐘、4分4秒鐘注入前述顏料溶液a,使有機顏料 奈米粒子結晶析出,來得到水性有機奈米水性分散液。 使用堀場製作所公司製LB_4〇〇(商品名)並依照動態光 散射法來進行評價’將其中値粒徑作爲平均粒徑,來作爲 分散性的指標。又’因爲動態光散射法時亦觀測到二次凝 集的粒子,所以一次粒子的評價亦藉由透射型電子顯微鏡 來進行。 [凝集] 在2 0 0質量份丙酮,溶解4 5質量份非離子性低分子化 合物之乙酸、3質量份非離子性高分子化合物之C-1,並添 加3 00質量份上述有機奈米粒子水性分散液,且攪拌〇.5 小時。靜置〇 · 5小時並以光學顯微鏡觀察所生成的凝集體 後,使凝集體沈降並藉由傾析來除去上部澄清液。 [離析、洗淨、乾燥] 使用濾紙(ADVANTEC公司製、Νο·2),來濾取上述的 凝集體,並測定此時過濾所需要的時間。使用300質量份 水、2 0 0體積份甲醇洗淨所濾取的固體。使所得到的固體 在100體積份乙腈中,來使其漿體化0.5小時,並使其靜 置0.5小時,且藉由傾析來除去上部澄清液。使所得到的 -116- 200904907 固體在室溫下真空乾燥一晚。 [再分散] 藉由在1質量份該有機顏料固體,添加4質量份下述 非水性溶劑乙酸1 -甲氧基-2 _丙酯,並使用日本精密製作所 公司製超音波均化器US系歹U (商品名)來進行超音波照射3 小時’得到以下述非水性溶劑作爲分散劑之有機奈米粒子 非水性分放液(以下亦稱爲顏料分散組成物A)。Na03S F-12 [Isolation] Hereinafter, a method of isolating organic nanoparticles which are agglomerated will be described. First, before the separation, the agglomerated liquid is allowed to stand for 5 to 2 hours. Since the aggregates settle, it can be separated by the decantation of the upper clear liquid or by suction, and the segregation of the aggregate becomes easier. Further, by centrifugation instead of standing, the sedimentation of the aggregate may be faster and the time can be shortened. The isolation can be carried out by various methods, and filtration can be carried out by ultrafiltration, centrifugal filtration, filter paper or a filter. -95 - 200904907 The method used for desalting/concentrating of, for example, a silver halide emulsion by ultrafiltration can be applied. Publication Disclosure No. 1 020 8 (1 972), Νο·1 3 1 22 (1 975) and No. 1 6 3 5 1 (1 977) are known to be published. The important pressure difference or flow rate of the operating conditions can be selected by referring to the characteristic curve described in the "Machine Utilization Technology Manual", "Study on the Use of Membrane" (1978), p. 27 5, to treat the target organic nanoparticle dispersion. The most suitable conditions for suppressing particle agglutination must be found. Further, in order to replenish the solvent lost by the membrane permeation, there are a constant volume type in which the solvent is continuously added and a fractional method in which the intermittent addition is intermittently added, since the desalting treatment time is relatively short, and the constant volume type is preferred. When the solvent is replenished in this manner, pure water obtained by ion exchange or distillation may be used, or a dispersant or a weak solvent of a dispersing agent may be mixed in pure water, or may be directly added to the organic nanoparticle dispersion. The filter can use a device such as pressure filtration. Preferred filters include, for example, filter paper, a nano filter, an ultrafilter, and the like. When the organic nanoparticle is concentrated, a centrifugal separator by centrifugation is used, and if the organic nanoparticle in the organic nanoparticle dispersion (or the organic nanoparticle concentrated extract) can be precipitated, any device can be used. . The centrifugal separator may be, for example, a material having a skimming function (a function of sucking an upper clear layer during rotation and discharging it outside the system), or a continuous centrifugal separator that continuously removes solid components, in addition to a general-purpose apparatus. Centrifugal force of centrifugal separation conditions (representing the centrifugal acceleration of several times the gravitational acceleration), preferably 5 0~1 0 0 〇' is better than 1 0 〇~8 0 0 ' is better than 150~6000 . The temperature at the time of centrifugation depends on the solvent type of the dispersion, preferably -1 〇 to 80 °C, preferably -5 to 70 °C, and 0-96 - 200904907 to 6 0 °C. Very good. The segregated aggregate can be washed for desalination, dehydration, and removal of the remaining dispersant. The washing operation can be directly added with the washing liquid after the ultrafiltration, centrifugation, filter paper or filter filtration, or can be temporarily washed out, and then re-slurry in the washing liquid, by super Filtration, centrifugation, filter paper or a filter can be used for isolation, and the combination can be washed. Further, the washing is carried out not only after the above-described segregation, but also before the segregation. This can be achieved by allowing the agglomerated nano pigment particle dispersion to stand still, removing the upper clear liquid, adding the washing, and re-stabilizing. After re-slurrying, the upper clear liquid can be removed by standing and filtered, or directly passed through the furnace. When washing is carried out before the separation, since the aggregate is often wetted, not only the cleaning efficiency is increased, but also the redispersion described later is easier. The washing liquid is not particularly limited as long as it can achieve desalination, dehydration, and removal of the remaining dispersant or coagulant. Specific examples thereof include an aqueous solvent (for example, water, hydrochloric acid, or aqueous sodium hydroxide), and an alcohol. Compound solvent, guanamine compound solvent, ketone compound solvent, ether compound solvent, aromatic compound solvent, carbon disulfide solvent, aliphatic compound solvent, nitrile compound solvent, hydrazine compound solvent, _ _ compound solvent, vinegar compound solvent, ionic liquid The mixed solvent or the like is preferably an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, a ketone compound solvent, an ether compound solvent, a nitrile compound solvent, an anthraquinone compound solvent, an ester compound solvent, a guanamine compound solvent, or a mixture thereof. More preferably, it is an aqueous solvent, an alcohol compound solvent, a vinegar compound solvent, and a nitrile compound solvent. -97 - 200904907 The agglomerate after washing may be directly redispersed as described later, or may be redispersed using a redispersion solvent (described later), or may be dried to form a powder of the organic nanoparticle dispersion. After taking out, it was redispersed. The method of freeze-drying is not particularly limited, and any method that the manufacturer can utilize can be employed. For example, a direct refrigerant expansion method, a refrigerating method, a heat medium circulation method, a triple heat exchange method, an indirect heating freezing method, a direct refrigerant expansion method, and an indirect heating freezing method are preferable, and an indirect heating freezing method is preferably used. . Either method is performed after preliminary freezing and then freeze-drying is preferred. The conditions for preliminary freezing are not particularly limited, and all samples subjected to freeze-drying must be frozen. Examples of the indirect heating and freezing method include a small freeze dryer, an FT S freeze dryer, a LYO VAC freeze dryer, an experimental freeze dryer, a freeze dryer for research, a triple heat exchange vacuum freeze dryer, and a single cooling type. Freeze dryer, HULL freeze dryer, small freeze dryer, experimental freeze dryer, freeze dryer for research, single-cooling freeze dryer, preferably small freeze dryer, single-cooling freeze dryer Better. The freezing and drying temperature is not particularly limited, for example, -1 9 (TC~-4 t, preferably -120 ° C to -20 ° C, and - 80 ° C to -6 (TC is more preferable. Freeze-dried The pressure is not particularly limited, and the manufacturer can appropriately select, for example, 〇. ;! 〜 3 5Pa, preferably 1 to 15 Pa, more preferably 5 to 1 OPa. Freeze drying time is, for example, 2 to 4 8 hours, 6 to 3 6 hours is preferred, and 1 6 to 2 6 hours is preferred. However, the manufacturer can appropriately select such conditions. For the freeze drying method, for example, reference can be made to the preparation machine technical manual: preparation machinery technical research conference, The Local Library, pp. 120-129 (September 2000): Zhen-98 - 200904907 Empty Handbook: Japan Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd., OHM Corporation, pp. 328-331 (1992); Freeze and Dry Research Conference Journal: Ito Takara, No. 15, pp. 82 (1965), etc. The organic nanoparticle is concentrated by using a device that is dried under reduced pressure, if the organic nanoparticle dispersion can be used (or The solvent in the organic nanoparticle concentrated extract) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a pan. a vacuum dryer and a rotary pump, or a device capable of heating and decompressing while stirring a liquid, a device capable of continuously drying by passing a liquid through a pipe that has been heated and decompressed, etc. Heating the decompression temperature to 30 ~230 ° C is better 'to 35 ~ 200 ° C for better ' 40 ~ 180 ° C is particularly good. Pressure under reduced pressure is preferably 1 〇〇 ~ l 〇〇〇〇〇 Pa, to 300 ~ More preferably, 90000Pa is more preferably 500 to 80,000 Pa. [Re-dispersion] According to the production method of the present invention, the organic nano pigment particles in an aggregated state can be finely dispersed as necessary (in the present invention, the fine dispersion means that the dispersion is dispersed) The aggregation of the particles in the liquid increases the degree of dispersion. The organic nano pigment particles obtained by the agglomeration can be quickly filtered by a filter, and a good dispersion state can be obtained again to be re-dispersed. It is preferable that the floc is formed to a certain extent. Therefore, when the degree of dispersion by a usual dispersion method is used, the micronization is not sufficient, and it is necessary to use a method with higher refining efficiency. Finely dispersing the nanoparticle. Agglutination For the method of the body, for example, a method of ultrasonic dispersion or a method of applying physical energy can be used. The ultrasonic irradiation device to be used is preferably a function capable of applying an ultrasonic wave of 10 kHz or more to -99 - 200904907, and For example, a supersonic wave homogenizer, an ultra-washer, etc. In the ultrasonic irradiation device, when the liquid temperature rises, the rice particles are thermally aggregated (see Non-Patent Document 1), and the liquid temperature is preferably 1 ° C. 5 to 60 ° C is more preferable. The temperature control method can be carried out by controlling the temperature of the dispersion and controlling the temperature adjustment for controlling the temperature of the dispersion. The dispersing machine to which the physical energy is applied to use the concentrated organic nanoparticles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a kneader, a machine, a vertical ball mill, an ultra-mill, a dissolver, a high-speed stirrer, and the like. Dispersing machine. Further, a dispersion method using high pressure fraction or microparticle beads may also be suitably employed. The preferred method for preparing the organic nanoparticle dispersion composition is to use a tree to divide the colorant into a specific viscosity of 25 to 10,000 mPa·s or more, preferably 100,000 mPa·s or more after the kneading and dispersing treatment. The method is characterized in that the mixture is subjected to a kneading and dispersing treatment, followed by adding a solvent, and the micro-treated viscosity is 1, and the micro-dispersion treatment is carried out in a manner of a lower viscosity than 〇〇〇mPa.s or less, preferably 100 mPa·. The machinery used in the redispersion treatment is a twin roll, a three roll, a trummel mill, a disperser, a kneader, a kneading extrusion homogenizer, a blender, a single shaft or a double shaft. An extruder or the like is dispersed while applying strong shear. Next, a solvent is added, mainly using a vertical or horizontal sanding disc type mill, a slit type mill, an ultrasonic disperser, a high pressure machine, etc., by using a glass having a particle diameter of 0.1 to 1 mm, Zirconium or the like is subjected to microdispersion treatment. Moreover, it is also possible to use an acoustic wave of 0.1 mm or less, and the Na-100 is dispersed by a roller when the control layer is dispersed, and the fat is f to a higher dispersion s; machine, boring machine, shear force; machine, partial pressure bead micro -100- 200904907 Particle beads for precise dispersion treatment. Further, after dispersing the main pigment and the auxiliary pigment, the two dispersions may be mixed and further subjected to dispersion treatment, and the main pigment and the auxiliary pigment may be subjected to dispersion treatment. Moreover, as for the details of dispersion, T. C. P a 11 ο η "Paint Flow and pigment Dispersion" (1964, John Wiley and Sons publication), etc. Use this method. For the purpose of improving the dispersibility of the organic nano pigment particles, a usual pigment dispersant and a surfactant may be added to the organic nano pigment particle dispersion composition. There are many types of compounds which can be used as such a dispersing agent, and examples thereof include an indigo derivative (commercial product EFKA-6745 (manufactured by EFCA)), SOLUSPARS 5 00 0 (manufactured by ZENECA Co., Ltd.); Alkyl polymer KP3 4 1 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer POLYFRO Νο.75, Νο.90, Νο·95 (Kyoeisha Oil Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Cationic surfactants such as company) and W001 (made by Yusho Co., Ltd.); polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearate, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, Non-ionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilauryl ester, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester; W004, W005, W017 Anionic surfactants; EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA-400, EFKA-401, EFKA-450 (manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), DISPARSEID 6 DISPARSEID 8, DISP ARSEID 1 5 > DISPARSEID 9 1 00 (manufactured by S ANNOPCO) 200904907 Polymer dispersion [1]; SOLUSPARS 3000, 5000, 9000, 12000, 13240, 13940, 17000, 24000, 26000, 28000 and other various SOSOLPARS dispersions! l (ZENECA Co., Ltd.); ADEKAPRURONIC L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87 'P94, L101, P103 > F108, L121, P-123 (made by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.) and ISONET S-20 (Sanyo Chemical ( Share) company system). Further, the pigment dispersant described in JP-A-2000-239554, or the compound (C) described in JP-A-5-72943, or the compound of Synthesis Example 1 described in JP-A-2001-31885 is also suitable. . In the organic nanoparticle-dispersed composition, the redispersed organic nanoparticles (primary particles) can be finely dispersed, and it is preferred to have a particle diameter of 1 to 200 nm and 2 to 100 nm. More preferably, it is especially good for 5~50nm. Further, the Mv/Mn of the redispersed particles is preferably 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably 1.0 to 1.8, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 1.5. According to the production method of the present invention, for example, the pigment particles contained in the organic nano pigment particle-dispersed composition or the colored photosensitive resin composition described later can be used, although it is a fine particle diameter of a nanometer size (for example, 10 to 100 nm). It can also be concentrated and redispersed. Therefore, when used in a color filter, the optical density is high, the uniformity of the surface of the filter is excellent, the contrast is high, and the noise of the image can be reduced. In addition, by dispersing the organic nano pigment particles in the composition and the finely and uniformly finely dispersing the machine pigment pigment particles contained in the coloring photosensitive composition, it is possible to exhibit a high coloring concentration in the thickness of the film, for example, Thinner layers such as color filters. -102-200904907 In addition, the composition of the machine-negative pigment particle-dispersing composition and the coloring sensitivity is excellent in the production of, for example, a color filter by containing a pigment which exhibits a vivid color tone and a high coloring power. Image forming material #. In addition, the alkaline developing solution used for the exposure and development of the colored image can be used as an organic liquid nanoparticle dispersion composition or a colored photosensitive resin composition in an aqueous solution. The binder can also adapt to environmental requirements. Further, the solvent used in the organic nano pigment particle-dispersing composition and the coloring photosensitive resin composition (dispersion medium for the pigment) can be an organic solvent having a moderate drying property, and can be satisfied in terms of drying after application. Claim. [Coloring photosensitive resin composition] The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (a) organic nano pigment particles, (b) a binder, (a polymerizable monomer or oligomer, and (d) photopolymerization Initiator or photopolymerization initiator system. Each component of the colored photosensitive resin composition will be described below. (a) Organic Nano Pigment Particles The method for producing organic nano pigment particles is described in detail above with respect to the colored photosensitive resin composition. The total solid content (in the present invention, the total solid content means a total of the components other than the organic solvent), and the content of the organic nano pigment particles is preferably 3 to 90% by mass, and 20 to 80% by mass. Preferably, it is more preferably 25 to 60% by mass. When the amount is too large, the viscosity of the dispersion increases, and there is a problem in manufacturing suitability. When the amount is too small, the coloring power may be insufficient. The particle diameter of the functional fine particles is 〇. 1 μm - 103 - 200904907. The particle diameter is particularly preferably 〇·0.8 μm or less. The lower limit of the particle diameter 値 is not particularly limited 'the system and the aforementioned organic nano pigment particles (primary particles) The lower limit of the particle size is the same. The usual pigment can be combined for coloring. The pigment can be used as described above. In the present invention, the organic nanoparticle is used as the non-aqueous dispersion of the organic nano pigment particles described above. (b) Adhesive Coloring The adhesive for the photosensitive resin composition is preferably a polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more as described above, and an adhesive for the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. The content is usually 15 to 50 mass%, preferably 20 to 45 mass%. When the amount is too large, the viscosity of the composition becomes too high, which may cause problems in manufacturing suitability. There is a problem in the formation of a coating film. (c) Monomer or oligomer The monomer or oligomer contained in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has two or more ethylenic unsaturated groups. It is preferable that the double bond can be subjected to addition polymerization by irradiation with light. Examples of such monomers and oligomers include at least one ethylenically unsaturated group capable of addition polymerization in a molecule, and boiling. The compound is at least 100 ° C under normal pressure, and examples thereof include dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and polypropylene glycol mono(methyl). a monofunctional acrylate or monofunctional (meth) acrylate such as acrylate and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate , trimethylolethane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane diacrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopenta-104 - 200904907 Alcohol tetra (meth) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, Diol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(propylene methoxy propyl) ether, tris(propylene methoxy propyl) trimeric isocyanate, tris(propylene decyloxyethyl) trimer Cyanate ester, tris(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane or glycerol Polyfunctional acrylates or polyfunctional methacrylates polyfunctional alcohols Jiatian after ethylene oxide or propylene oxide (meth) acrylate obtained by esterifying the like. Further, a compound which can be suitably used is a (meth) acrylate after adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol as described in the general formulae (1) and (2) of JP-A-10-62986. Compounded into a compound. In addition, the urethane urethanes described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO-50-6034, and JP-A-53-37-193, and JP-A-48-641 Polyester acrylates described in the publication No. 83-43, JP-A-49-43 119, and JP-A-52-30490; epoxy acrylates of reaction products of epoxy resins and (meth)acrylic acid Polyfunctional acrylate or methacrylate. Among these, trimethylolpropane (meth) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol five ( Methyl) acrylate is preferred. Moreover, the "polymerizable compound B" described in JP-A No. 1 1 - 1 3 3 600 is also preferable. These monomers or oligomers (monomer or oligomer preferably having a molecular weight of 200 to 1,000) may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds, and the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition is usually 5 ~50% by mass, -105-200904907 It is preferably 1 0 to 40% by mass. When the amount is too large, the control of development is difficult, and there is a problem of manufacturing suitability. When too little, the hardening force at the time of exposure is not enough. (d) Photopolymerization Initiator or Photopolymerization Initiator System The photopolymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator system contained in the inkjet ink for color filters of the present invention (in the present invention, the photopolymerization initiator system refers to A combination of a plurality of compounds to exhibit a polymerization initiation function of a photopolymerization initiation function, and a polyglycol compound disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,367,660, and an affinity ether compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 208,828 The α-hydrocarbon-substituted aromatic cryptic compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 27225 1 2, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,046,127, and the polycyclic benzoquinone compound described in the specification of No. 29 5 1 7 8 The combination of a triaryl imidazole dimer and a p-amino ketone described in the specification of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 3 5 4 9 3 6 7 and a benzothiazole compound and a trihalide group described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5 1 -48 5 16 The bis-half-mole compound, the trihalomethyl-tri-trap compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,239,850, and the trihalomethyloxadiazole compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,221,976. Among them, a trihalomethyl-s-three-till compound, a trihalomethyl oxadiazole compound and a triaryl imidazole dimer are preferred. In addition, the "polymerization initiator C" described in JP-A-11-133600 or the phenyl-based 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(o-ethoxy group) Carbonyl) hydrazine, hydrazine-benzylidene-4'-(benzohydrothio)benzyl-hexyl ketone oxime, 2,4,6-trimethylphenylcarbonyl-diphenylphosphonium oxide, six A fluorophosphonate trialkylphenyl money salt or the like is also preferred. These photopolymerization initiators or photopolymerization initiator systems may be used alone or in combination of two or more of -1 06 - 200904907, and it is preferred to use two or more kinds in combination. When at least two kinds of photopolymerization initiators are used, "good display characteristics are exhibited, and display unevenness is particularly small. The content of the photopolymerization initiator or the photopolymerization initiator system is usually from 0 to 20% by mass, preferably from 1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring photosensitive resin composition for a color filter. When the amount is too large, the sensitivity is too high and control becomes difficult. When too little, the exposure sensitivity is too low. It is preferable to use ultraviolet rays such as g-line or i-line for the radiation that can be used for exposure. The irradiation amount is preferably 5 to 1500 mJ/cm2, more preferably 10 to 1000 mJ/cm2, and most preferably 10 to 500 mJ/cm2. (Other additives) [Solvent] In the colored photosensitive resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, an organic solvent may be further used in addition to the above components. Examples of the organic solvent are not particularly limited, and esters are, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate. , ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, alkyl esters, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, butyl glycolate, methyl methoxyacetate, methoxyacetic acid Ethyl 3-hydroxypropionate such as ethyl ester, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-hydroxypropionate or ethyl 3-hydroxypropionate: Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, 2- Ethyl hydroxypropionate, propyl hydroxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-methoxypropionic acid propyl-107-200904907 ester, 2 - Methyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, 2-methoxy- Methyl 2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate , methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, ethyl 2-oxopropionate, ethyl 2-oxopropionate, etc.; Examples are, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl stilbene acetate, ethyl serosu acetate, diethylene glycol Monomethyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, etc.; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexanol, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; The aromatic hydrocarbons are, for example, toluene, xylene, and the like. Among these, in the present invention, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl celecoxib acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, 3-methyl is used. As the solvent, methyl oxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate or the like is preferred. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, a solvent having a boiling point of from 180 ° C to 250 ° C may be used as necessary. These high boiling solvents are as follows. There are diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene-1-one, lactic acid Ester, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate 'propylene glycol n-propyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl Acid ester, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, r-butyrolactone, tripropylene glycol methyl ethyl acetate, dipropylene glycol n-butyl acetate 'propylene glycol phenyl ether acetate Ester and 1,3-butanediol diacetate. -108- 200904907 The solvent content is preferably from 1 〇 to 9.5 mass% based on the total amount of the resin composition. [Surfactant] In the conventional color filter, in order to achieve high color purity, the color of each pixel becomes thick, and there is a problem that the film thickness unevenness of the pixel is directly recognized by the color unevenness. Therefore, it is required to improve the film thickness variation when the photosensitive resin is formed (coated) having a direct influence on the film thickness of the pixel. In the color filter of the present invention or the transfer material using the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, uniform coating thickness can be controlled, and coating unevenness can be effectively prevented (color unevenness due to film thickness variation) In view of the above, it is preferred that the coloring photosensitive resin composition contains a suitable surfactant. The surfactants disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-337424, No. Hei. The mass % or less is preferred. [Thermal polymerization inhibitor] The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a thermal polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the thermal polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallic phenol, tert-butyl phenol, benzoquinone, and 4 , 4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2-hydrogen sulfur Benzimidazole, thiophene, etc. The content of the thermal polymerization inhibitor is preferably 1% by mass or less based on the total amount of the resin composition. -109-200904907 [Auxiliary use of dyes and pigments] The coloring agent (pigment) is added to the colored photosensitive resin composition as necessary to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not impaired. When a pigment is used for the colorant, it is preferably a coloring photosensitive resin composition for a uniform color filter. Therefore, it is preferably 0.1 μm or less, and more preferably 0.08 μm or less. In particular, the pigments described in JP-A No. 2005-17716, the pigments described in JP-A-2005-361447, and the pigments described in JP-A-2005-361447, No. 2005-17521 The coloring agent described in [0080] to [0088]. The total amount of the coloring photosensitive resin composition for the color filter is preferably 5% by mass or less based on the content of the auxiliary dye or pigment. [Ultraviolet absorbing agent] The ultraviolet absorbing agent can be composed of the colored photosensitive resin of the present invention as necessary. In addition to the compound described in JP-A-5-72724, the ultraviolet absorber may be a salicylate type, a diphenylbenzotriazole type, a cyanoacrylate type, a nickel clamp type or a hindered phenol. Benzyl phenyl acrylate, 4-tert-butyl phenyl sulphate di-third 4'-hydroxybenzoic acid 2,4-di-tert-butyl phenyl ester, butyl phenyl phenyl acrylate, 2, 4 -dihydroxydiphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octyloxydiphenyl ketone, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methyl; benzotriene Oxazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-t-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5. triazole, ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2, 2'-hydroxy-4_diphenyl ketone, nickel diphenyldithiocarbamate, bismuth azelaic acid (in the present hair |, coloring dispersion in the particle size is used to open or special opening or special opening relative to The use of the product includes a ketone system, a system, etc., 3,5,4-triphenyldiphenylphenyl)-chlorophenylhydrazine-methoxy 2,2,6,6--110- 200904907 Tetramethyl-4-pyridine), 4-tert-butylphenyl sulphate, phenyl sulphate, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine condensate, amber Bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) acid, 2-[2·hydroxy-3,5-biguanide, α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2H- Benzotriazole, 7-{[4-chloro-6-(diethylamino)-5-trin-2-yl]amino}-3-phenylcoumarin, and the like. The total amount of the coloring photosensitive resin composition for the color filter is preferably 5% by mass or less based on the total amount of the ultraviolet absorber. In addition, the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain, in addition to the above-mentioned additives, "adhesive aid" described in JP-A No. 1 1 - 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 or other additives. [Coating film of the coloring photosensitive resin composition] The component of the coating film obtained by using the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is the same as that of the "coloring photosensitive resin composition" item. Further, the thickness of the coating film obtained by using the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be appropriately determined depending on the use thereof, preferably from 0.5 to 5.0 μm, more preferably from 1.0 to 3.0 μm. By using the coating film of the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, it is possible to produce a polymer film having the polymer film by polymerizing the monomer or oligomer to form a polymer film of the coloring photosensitive resin composition. The filter (the production of the color filter is described later). The polymerization of the polymerizable monomer or the polymerizable oligomer can be carried out by photo-irradiation using (d) a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator system. <Color filter and its preparation method> Next, the color filter of the present invention and a method for producing the same will be described. The color filter of the present invention is characterized in that it has a -111-200904907 colored pattern which is formed by using the photocurable composition (colored photosensitive resin composition) of the present invention on a support. Hereinafter, the color filter of the present invention will be described in detail by the production method thereof (the method for producing a color filter of the present invention). The method of producing a color filter of the present invention is characterized in that the photocurable composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate directly or through another layer to form a photosensitive film (hereinafter referred to as "photosensitive film formation". Step)): performing a pattern exposure (exposure through a mask) on the formed photosensitive film (hereinafter, referred to as "exposure step"); and a step of forming a colored pattern after exposing the photosensitive film (hereinafter , referred to as "development step"). Hereinafter, each step of the method of producing the color filter of the present invention will be described. (Photosensitive Film Forming Step) In the photosensitive film forming step, the photocurable composition of the present invention is applied (provided) directly or on a substrate having another layer to form a photosensitive film. Examples of the substrate that can be used in the present process include soda lime glass, Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, quartz glass, and the like which adhere to the transparent conductive film, or solid-state imaging. A photoelectric conversion element substrate used for a device or the like is, for example, a germanium substrate or a complementary metal oxide film semiconductor (CMOS). These substrates also have a black matrix to isolate each pixel. Further, on these substrates, an undercoat layer (other layer) may be provided as necessary to improve adhesion to the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or planarize the surface of the substrate. The coating method of the curable composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate, and various coating methods such as slit coating, inkjet coating, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and the screen coating method can be applied. The coating thickness of the photocurable composition is preferably 〇 丨 1 1 1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 The drying (prebaking) of the photosensitive film coated on the substrate can be carried out in a plate, an oven, or the like at 5 Torr to 14 Torr. (:, drying is performed for 1 to 3 seconds (exposure step). The exposure step is performed by exposing the photosensitive film formed in the step of forming the photosensitive film through a photomask having a predetermined mask pattern. In this step, "the photosensitive film of the coating film is exposed through the mask of the plan". Only the radiation used when the coating film partially irradiated with light is hard-exposed is used to use g-rays, i-rays, or the like. The violet color is particularly preferable, and the irradiation intensity is preferably 5 mJ to 1500 mJ/cm2, more preferably 1000 mJ/cm2, and most preferably 10 mJ to 500 mJ/cm2. The color filter of the present invention is used for a liquid crystal display device. Preferably, it is preferably 5 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 150 mJ/cm 2 , and most preferably 10000 mJ/cm 2 . The color filter of the present invention is used for solid-state imaging, and is 30 to 1500 mJ/cm 2 in the above range. Preferably, it is preferably 1000 mJ/cm 2 and more preferably 80 to 500 mJ/cm 2 (development step). Then, by performing an exposure step, the light in the exposure step is not dissolved in the aqueous alkali solution. Therefore, only the photo-hardened part of the liquid imaging system can When the photocurable composition of the uncured portion is not dissolved and the hardened portion is not dissolved, any material can be used. Specifically, it is determined by heat, and the external line is 10 0 to say 10 to 50. Membrane, can be used -113- 200904907 enough to use a combination of various organic solvents or alkaline aqueous solution. The development temperature is usually 20 ° C ~ 3 ° ° C 'development time is 20 ~ 90 seconds. The aforementioned organic solvent The above-mentioned solvent which can be used when preparing the pigment dispersion composition or the photocurable composition of the present invention is mentioned. The alkaline aqueous solution can be, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate or sand. Sodium, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-dioxbicyclo An organic basic compound such as [5, 4, 0]-7-undecene is diluted with pure water to have a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 〇·0 1 to 1% by mass. An aqueous solution is used as a developing solution. Further, a developing solution composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution is used. Usually, it is washed with pure water after development. In the development step, the remaining imaging liquid is removed by washing and dried by heating (post-baking). After post-baking imaging The heat treatment is performed to complete the hardening, and is usually performed by a heat hardening treatment at 100 ° C to 240 ° C. When the substrate is a glass substrate or a tantalum substrate, it is preferably 2001 to 240 t: at the above temperature. For the coating film after development, a heating method such as a hot plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer) or a high-frequency heating machine is used, and it is necessary to carry out the heat of the mouth. The photo is repeated according to the 1ει g g, and the weight is the same as the number of the formula (M batch phase of the color separation step or the image of the image needs to be continued and the continuous method according to the step, the light of the exposed parts, the article The above-mentioned steps are as follows when the film is formed into a film mil. The shape of the film is filtered into a color group, and the phase of the color is formed into a hard light. #0 The dry thickness of the film is usually from 0.3 to 5.0 μm, preferably from 0.5 to 3.5 μm, and most preferably from 1.5 to 2.5 μm. The substrate may be, for example, a non-alkali used for a liquid crystal display element or the like. Glass, soda lime glass, Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, quartz glass, and those which adhere to a transparent conductive film, or a solid-state imaging device. The photoelectric conversion element substrate is, for example, a germanium substrate, a plastic substrate, etc. A black matrix is usually formed on the substrates to isolate the pixels. The surface of the plastic substrate has a gas barrier layer and/or a solvent resistant layer. Preferably. The invention Use of the curable composition The above is mainly applied to the use of the pixels of the color filter, but needless to say, it can be applied to the black matrix provided between the pixels of the color filter. The black matrix is used in addition to this. In the photocurable composition of the invention, a black coloring agent such as carbon black or titanium black is added as a coloring agent, and in the same manner as in the above-described method of producing a pixel, pattern exposure, alkaline development, and further, subsequent The baking promotes hardening of the film to form. [Examples] <Example 1> [Preparation of aqueous dispersion of organic nanoparticle pigment particles] 45 parts by mass of CI Pigment Red 254 and 90 parts by mass of polyvinylpyrrolidone (K-25, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added. 95 3 parts by mass of dimethyl hydrazine (DMSO) and stirred. To the solution, a 28% by mass sodium methoxy sodium carbonate solution (30 parts by volume) was added to prepare a pigment solution A. On the other hand, 4,00 parts by mass of water of 200904907 was adjusted as the pigment-insoluble solvent b. The aforementioned pigment-insoluble solvent B was at 30. (: Using the GK-0222-10 type Ramando static stirrer (trade name) manufactured by Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., while stirring at 5,000 rpm, the NP-KX-5 00 made by Nippon Precision Science Co., Ltd. was used for the pigment-insoluble solvent b. The large-capacity pulse-free pump (trade name) was injected into the pigment solution a at a flow rate of 1 〇〇ml/min for 4 minutes and 4 seconds to crystallize the organic pigment nanoparticles to obtain an aqueous organic nano-aqueous dispersion. LB_4〇〇 (trade name) manufactured by Horiba, Ltd. was used and evaluated according to the dynamic light scattering method. 'The particle size of the niobium was used as the average particle diameter as an index of dispersibility. 'Because the dynamic light scattering method was also observed. The particles agglomerated twice, so the evaluation of the primary particles was also carried out by a transmission electron microscope. [Aggregation] In 200 parts by mass of acetone, 45 parts by mass of acetic acid of the nonionic low molecular compound was dissolved, and 3 parts by mass of non- C-1 of the ionic polymer compound, and adding 300 parts by mass of the above aqueous dispersion of the organic nanoparticle, and stirring for 5 hours. The gel was allowed to stand for 5 hours and observed by an optical microscope. After the body, the aggregate was allowed to settle and the upper clarified liquid was removed by decantation. [Isolation, washing, and drying] The above aggregates were collected by filtration paper (manufactured by ADVANTEC Co., Ltd., Νο·2), and the measurement was measured. The time required for the filtration was carried out. The collected solid was washed with 300 parts by mass of water and 200 parts by volume of methanol, and the obtained solid was slurried in 100 parts by volume of acetonitrile for 0.5 hour. The mixture was allowed to stand for 0.5 hour, and the upper clear liquid was removed by decantation. The obtained solid of -116-200904907 was vacuum dried overnight at room temperature. [Re-dispersion] by adding 1 part by mass of the organic pigment solid 4 parts by mass of the following non-aqueous solvent, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, and ultrasonic wave homogenizer US system 歹U (trade name) manufactured by Nippon Seimitsu Co., Ltd. for ultrasonic irradiation for 3 hours' The organic nanoparticle nonaqueous dispersion liquid (hereinafter also referred to as pigment dispersion composition A) which is a non-aqueous solvent as a dispersing agent.

非水性溶劑 (S平價試驗) 對所得到的分散組成物,進行下述的評價。結果係如 表1所示。 (1) 有機奈米粒子水性分散液的平均粒徑 使用堀場製作所公司製LB-500(商品名)並依照動態光 散射法來進行評價,將其中値粒徑作爲平均粒徑,來測定 有機奈米粒子水性分散液的平均粒徑。 (2) 凝集體的直徑 使用光學顯微鏡觀察凝集體’並將另外觀察的刻度尺 作爲參照來測定凝集體的直徑。在此所稱凝集體的直徑係 測定從凝集體的端部室端部的長度’並將其長度爲最長時 -117- 200904907 定義爲直徑。在此所稱的凝集體係由肉體無法看到的一次 粒子聚集成長變大而成爲二次粒子。 (3 )過滤時間 使用直徑 9公分的布式吸濾漏斗(Nutsche)及濾紙 (ADVANTEC公司製FILTER PAPER Νο·2(商品名),並藉由 使用吸氣器減壓過濾來測定每1克顏料之過濾時間。 (4) 黏度的測定 對所得到的分散組成物,使用Ε型黏度計,測定剛分 散後之顏料分散組成物的黏度1及分散後(在室溫)經過1 星期後的顏料分散組成物的黏度7/ 2,來評價增黏的程度。 在此,黏度低係表示分散性、分散安定性良好。 (5) 對比評價 將所得到的顏分散組成物A,各自以成爲厚度2微米 的方式塗布在基板上來調製試樣。背光模組係使用在3波 長冷極管光源(東芝 Light &amp; Technology(股)公司製 FWL18EX-N)設置有擴散板之物,在 2 片偏光板 (SUNRIC(股)公司製之偏光板 HLC2-2518)之間放置該試 樣’測疋與偏光軸平fr時及垂直時之透射光量,將該比作 爲對比(參照「1990年第7次色彩光學會議、512色顯示10.4 英吋尺寸TFT-LCD用彩色濾光片、植木、小關、福永、山 中」等)。色度的測定係使用色彩亮度計(TOPCON(股)公司 製BM-5)。2片偏光板、試樣、色彩亮度計設置位置,係在 從背光板13毫米的位置設置偏光板,在40毫米〜60毫的 位置設置直徑1 1毫米、長度20毫米的圓筒,對設置在65 -118- 200904907 毫米位置之測定試樣照射,透射的光通過設置在100毫米 位置之偏光板,藉由設置在400毫米位置色彩亮度計來進 行測定。色彩亮度計的測定角係設定爲2 °。背光板的光量 係以在未設置試樣的狀態,使2片偏光板以平行尼科耳設 置時的亮度爲1 280cd/m2的方式設定。 &lt;實施例2 &gt; 將實施例1的非離子性低分子化合物變更爲非離子性 的2-丙基戊酸,並進行與實施例1同樣的操作。將所得到 的有機奈米粒子非水性分散液亦稱爲顏料分散組成物B。 對顏料分散組成物B進行與實施例1同樣的評價試驗,結 果如表1所示。 &lt;實施例3&gt; 將實施例1的非離子性低分子化合物變更爲非離子性 C -1 0,並進行與實施例1同樣的操作。將所得到的有機奈 米粒子非水性分散液亦稱爲顏料分散組成物C。對顏料9 散組成物C進行與實施例1同樣的評價試驗,結果如表1 所示。 &lt;實施例4&gt; 將實施例1的聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮變更爲陽離子性高分 子分散劑C-5,將非離子性低分子化合物變更爲陰離子性 低分子化合物E-3,且將陰離子性高分子化合物變更爲陰 離子性高分子化合物F-2,並進行與實施例1同樣的操作。 將所得到的有機奈米粒子非水性分散液亦稱爲顏料分散組 成物D。對顏料分散組成物D進行與實施例1同樣的評價 200904907 試驗’結果如表1所示。 &lt;實施例5 &gt; 在實施例1,除了對有機奈米粒子非水性分散液’將 非離子性高分子化合物變更爲非離子性的甲基丙烯酸/甲 基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物以外,進行與實施例1同樣的操作。 將所得到的有機奈米粒子非水性分散液亦稱爲顏料分散組 成物E。對顏料分散組成物e進行與實施例1同樣的評價 試驗’結果如表1所示。 &lt;實施例6&gt; 在實施例1,除了對有機奈米粒子非水性分散液,添 加乙酸作爲非離子性低分子化合物後,將非離子性高分子 化合物之C-1溶解在丙酮,並添加在有機奈米粒子水性分 散液以外,進行與實施例1同樣的操作。將所得到的有機 奈米粒子非水性分散液亦稱爲顏料分散組成物F。對顏料 分散組成物F進行與實施例1同樣的評價試驗’結果如表 1所示。 &lt;實施例7&gt; 在實施例1,除了對有機奈米粒子非水性分散液,將 非離子性高分子化合物之C _ 1溶解在丙酮’並添加在有機 奈米粒子水性分散液後,添加乙酸作爲非離子性低分子化 合物以外,進行與實施例1同樣的操作。將所得到的有機 奈米粒子非水性分散液亦稱爲顏料分散組成物G °對顏料 分散組成物G進行與實施例1同樣的評價試驗’結果如表 1所示。 -120- 200904907 &lt;實施例8&gt; 使在實施例1所得到的凝集體沈降’並藉由傾析除去 上部澄清液後,添加200質量份水’並再漿體化0.5小時。 靜置0 · 5小時來使分散物沈降,並藉由傾析除去上部澄清 液。又,對其添加1 〇 〇質量份甲醇,並再漿體化〇 . 5小時。 靜置0.5小時來使分散物沈降,並藉由傾析除去上部澄清 液。進而添加1〇〇質量份乙腈,並再漿體化0.5小時。靜 置〇. 5小時來使分散物沈降,並藉由傾析除去上部澄清液。 隨後,進行與實施例1同樣的操作。將所得到的有機奈米 粒子非水性分散液亦稱爲顏料分散組成物Η。對顏料分散 組成物Η進行與實施例1同樣的評價試驗,結果如表1所 示。 &lt;比較例1 &gt; 在藉由與實施例1同樣的操作所調製得到的有機奈米 粒子水性分散液,添加64質量份鹽酸,來使奈米粒子凝 集,並使用過濾器(ADVANTEC公司製Η010Α047Α、商品 名)進行過濾器過濾,且測定所需要的時間。對將過濾取得 的固體,與實施例1同樣地進行洗淨、乾燥後的固體(1質 量份)’添加1質量份甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物、 8質量份乙酸1-甲氧基-2-丙酯,並使用日本精密製作所公 司製超音波均化器US系列(商品名)來進行超音波照射3小 時’得到以下述非水性溶劑作爲分散劑之有機奈米粒子非 水性分散液。將所得到的有機奈米粒子非水性分散液亦稱 爲顏料分散組成物I。對顏料分散組成物I進行與實施例1 -121- 200904907 同樣的評價試驗,結果如表1所示。 &lt;試驗例1〉 在與實施例1〜8、比較例1同樣操 機奈米粒子水性分散液(3 0 0質量份),添 45質量份乙酸而成之丙酮,使用光學顯 後,並使用過濾器(ADVANTEC公司製 名)進行過濾器過濾,且測定所需要的時 評價結果係如以下所示。 &lt;參考例1&gt; 在與實施例1同樣操作所調製而成 性分散液(3 0 0質量份),添加200質量f 酸而成之丙酮,使用光學顯微鏡觀察該 過濾器(ADVANTEC公司製H010A047A 器過濾,且測定所需要的時間。 評價結果係如以下所示。 作所調製而成的有 加2 0 0質量份溶解 微鏡觀察該凝集體 H010A047A、商品 間。 的有機奈米粒子水 J溶解4 5質量份乙 凝集體後,並使用 、商品名)進行過濾 -122- 200904907 [表1] 顏料分散 組成物 有機奈米粒子 水性分散液的 平均粒徑 凝集體的直徑 過濾時間 (顏料每1克) 黏度 (cP) 對比 實施例1 A 22奈米 50微米以上 1分鐘 35 16000 實施例2 B 22奈米 100微米以上 0.5分鐘 24 18000 實施例3 B 22奈米 50微米以上 1分鐘 30 17000 實施例4 D 25奈米 100微米以上 0.5分鐘 74 14000 實施例5 E 22奈米 100微米以上 0.5分鐘 120 12000 實施例6 F 22奈米 50微米以上 1分鐘 40 15000 實施例7 G 22奈米 50微米以上 1分鐘 32 16500 實施例8 Η 22奈米 50微米以上 3分鐘 30 17000 比較例1 I 22奈米 5微米程度 10小時 153 11000 參考例1 • 22奈米 5微米程度 8小時 以上,依照本發明,在將有機奈米粒子水性分散物相 轉移至有機奈米粒子非水性分散物時,相對於以沖洗爲代 表之暫時製造水性糊之步驟,亦即過濾器過濾等需要非常 長時間之麻煩的步驟,使有機奈米粒子水性分散物中的奈 米粒子成爲能夠容易過濾的凝集體,並將其離析且於非水 性溶劑中再分散,能夠提供一種能夠效率良好地得到之有 機奈米粒子非水性分散物及其製法。而且能夠提供一種分 散性優良、且具有高對比之有機奈米粒子非水性分散物及 其製法。 [著色感光性樹脂組成物的調製] 在實施例1〜8、比較例1所得到的顏料分散組成物A 〜I,進而添加下述組成的成分並攪拌混合,來調製本發明 的著色感光性樹脂組成物(彩色光阻液)。 -123- 200904907 [組成] •二新戊四醇六丙稀酸樹脂 · · .80質量份 • 4-[隣溴-對-N,N-二(乙氧基羰基)胺基苯基-2,6_二(三氯 甲基)-S -二哄(光聚合引發劑) · · .30晳量份 •甲基丙絲酸卞醋/甲基丙烯酸( = 70/30[莫耳比])共聚物(重 量平均分子量:10, 〇〇〇)的丙二醇一甲基醚乙酸酯溶液(固 體成分40°/°) ...200質量份 .乙酸1-甲氧基-2-丙醋 ·· .490質量份 將所得到的光硬化性組成物(彩色光阻液)以色濃度的 指標X値爲0.650的方式塗布在100毫米χίοο毫米的玻璃 基板(173 7、CORNING公司製)上,並在90°C的烘箱乾60 秒鐘(預烘烤)。隨後,使用200mJ/cm2(照度20mW/cm2)將 塗膜的全面曝光,且使用鹼性顯像液 CD K-1(富士軟片 ELECTRONICS M A T E RI A L S (股)製)的 1%水溶液覆蓋塗膜 的全面,並靜止60秒鐘。靜止後,噴淋狀地噴撒純水來沖 洗顯像液。然後,將如上述施加曝光及顯像後的塗膜在220 °C的烘箱加熱處理(後烘烤)1小時,在玻璃基板上形成彩色 濾光片用的著色樹脂被膜,來製造著色濾光基板(彩色濾光 片)。 與實施例1同樣地測定所得到各膜的R成分之對比 時,結果如下述表2所示。 -124- 200904907Nonaqueous solvent (S parity test) The obtained dispersion composition was subjected to the following evaluation. The results are shown in Table 1. (1) The average particle diameter of the aqueous dispersion of the organic nanoparticles was evaluated by dynamic light scattering method using LB-500 (trade name) manufactured by Horiba, Ltd., and the organic particle diameter was determined as the average particle diameter. The average particle size of the aqueous dispersion of rice particles. (2) Diameter of aggregate The diameter of the aggregate was measured by observing the aggregate using an optical microscope and using a scale which was additionally observed as a reference. The diameter of the aggregate referred to herein is defined as the diameter from the length ' of the end portion of the end of the aggregate and the length is the longest -117-200904907. The agglutination system referred to herein is a secondary particle in which primary particles which are invisible to the body are aggregated and grown to become secondary particles. (3) Filtration time A cloth suction filter funnel (Nutsche) having a diameter of 9 cm and a filter paper (FILTER PAPER Νο. 2 (trade name) manufactured by ADVANTEC Co., Ltd.) were used, and each gram of the pigment was measured by vacuum filtration using an aspirator. (4) Measurement of viscosity For the obtained dispersion composition, the viscosity of the pigment dispersion composition immediately after dispersion was measured using a Ε-type viscosity meter, and the pigment after one week after dispersion (at room temperature) was measured. The viscosity of the composition was 7/2, and the degree of adhesion was evaluated. Here, the low viscosity means good dispersibility and dispersion stability. (5) Comparative evaluation of the obtained pigment dispersion composition A, each of which became a thickness The sample was prepared by coating on a substrate in a 2 micron manner. The backlight module was provided with a diffusing plate using a 3-wavelength cold-tube light source (FWL18EX-N manufactured by Toshiba Light & Technology Co., Ltd.) in two polarized plates. The sample (the polarizer HLC2-2518 manufactured by SUNRIC Co., Ltd.) was placed between the sample and the amount of transmitted light when the polarizing axis was flat and perpendicular, and the ratio was used as a comparison (refer to "the 7th time in 1990"). Color optics conference, 512 colors 10.4 inch color filter for TFT-LCD, Ueki, Komatsu, Fuyong, Yamanaka, etc.) The color is measured using a color brightness meter (BM-5 manufactured by TOPCON Co., Ltd.). The position of the plate, the sample, and the color brightness meter is set to a polarizing plate at a position of 13 mm from the backlight plate, and a cylinder having a diameter of 11 mm and a length of 20 mm is set at a position of 40 mm to 60 mm, and the pair is set at 65 - 118- 200904907 Measurement of the measurement position at the millimeter position. The transmitted light was measured by a color brightness meter set at a position of 100 mm through a polarizing plate set at a position of 100 mm. The measurement angle of the color luminance meter was set to 2 °. The light amount of the backlight plate is set such that the brightness of the two polarizing plates is set to 1 280 cd/m 2 when the polarizing plates are placed in a state where the sample is not provided. <Example 2> The non-embodiment of the first embodiment The ionic low molecular compound was changed to nonionic 2-propyl valeric acid, and the same operation as in Example 1 was carried out. The obtained organic nanoparticle nonaqueous dispersion was also referred to as pigment dispersion composition B. Pigment dispersion composition B is carried out The same evaluation test as in Example 1 was carried out, and the results are shown in Table 1. <Example 3> The nonionic low molecular compound of Example 1 was changed to nonionic C -10, and the same procedure as in Example 1 was carried out. The non-aqueous dispersion of the obtained organic nanoparticle particles was also referred to as a pigment dispersion composition C. The same evaluation test as in Example 1 was carried out on the pigment 9 dispersion composition C, and the results are shown in Table 1. Example 4> The polyvinylpyrrolidone of Example 1 was changed to a cationic polymer dispersant C-5, and the nonionic low molecular compound was changed to an anionic low molecular compound E-3, and an anionic polymer was added. The compound was changed to the anionic polymer compound F-2, and the same operation as in Example 1 was carried out. The obtained organic nanoparticle non-aqueous dispersion is also referred to as a pigment dispersion composition D. The pigment dispersion composition D was subjected to the same evaluation as in Example 1 200904907 The results of the test are shown in Table 1. &lt;Example 5&gt; In Example 1, except that the nonionic polymer compound was changed to a nonionic methacrylic acid/benzyl methacrylate copolymer, the non-aqueous polymer compound of the organic nanoparticle non-aqueous dispersion was subjected to The same operation as in the first embodiment. The obtained organic nanoparticle non-aqueous dispersion is also referred to as a pigment dispersion composition E. The pigment dispersion composition e was subjected to the same evaluation test as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 1. &lt;Example 6&gt; In Example 1, except that acetic acid was added as a nonionic low molecular compound to the nonaqueous dispersion of the organic nanoparticles, the C-1 of the nonionic polymer compound was dissolved in acetone and added. The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except for the organic dispersion of the organic nanoparticles. The obtained nonaqueous dispersion of the organic nanoparticles is also referred to as a pigment dispersion composition F. The pigment dispersion composition F was subjected to the same evaluation test as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 1. &lt;Example 7&gt; In Example 1, except that the non-ionic polymer compound C _ 1 was dissolved in acetone in the non-aqueous dispersion of the organic nanoparticle, and added to the aqueous dispersion of the organic nanoparticle, the addition was carried out. The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that acetic acid was used as the nonionic low molecular compound. The non-aqueous dispersion of the obtained organic nanoparticles was also referred to as a pigment dispersion composition G°, and the pigment dispersion composition G was subjected to the same evaluation test as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 1. -120-200904907 &lt;Example 8&gt; The aggregate obtained in Example 1 was allowed to settle&apos; and the upper clear liquid was removed by decantation, and then 200 parts by mass of water was added and reslurryed for 0.5 hour. The mixture was allowed to stand for 0.5 hours to precipitate the dispersion, and the upper clarified liquid was removed by decantation. Further, 1 part by mass of methanol was added thereto, and the mash was further slurried for 5 hours. The mixture was allowed to stand for 0.5 hours to allow the dispersion to settle, and the upper clarified liquid was removed by decantation. Further, 1 part by mass of acetonitrile was added, and the slurry was further slurried for 0.5 hour. The mixture was allowed to stand for 5 hours to allow the dispersion to settle, and the upper clear liquid was removed by decantation. Subsequently, the same operation as in Example 1 was carried out. The obtained organic nanoparticle non-aqueous dispersion is also referred to as a pigment dispersion composition Η. The pigment dispersion composition Η was subjected to the same evaluation test as in Example 1, and the results are shown in Table 1. &lt;Comparative Example 1&gt; In the aqueous dispersion of organic nanoparticles prepared by the same operation as in Example 1, 64 parts by mass of hydrochloric acid was added to aggregate the nanoparticles, and a filter (made by ADVANTEC) was used. Η010Α047Α, trade name) was subjected to filter filtration, and the time required for the measurement was measured. The solid obtained by filtration and dried (1 part by mass) in the same manner as in Example 1 was added 1 part by mass of methacrylic acid/benzyl methacrylate copolymer, and 8 parts by mass of acetic acid 1-methyl Oxy-2-propyl ester, and ultrasonic wave homogenizer US series (trade name) manufactured by Nippon Seimitsu Co., Ltd. for ultrasonic irradiation for 3 hours' to obtain non-aqueous organic nanoparticles with the following non-aqueous solvent as a dispersing agent Dispersions. The obtained organic nanoparticle non-aqueous dispersion is also referred to as pigment dispersion composition I. The pigment dispersion composition I was subjected to the same evaluation test as in Example 1-121-200904907, and the results are shown in Table 1. &lt;Test Example 1> In the same manner as in Examples 1 to 8 and Comparative Example 1, an aqueous dispersion of nanoparticle (300 parts by mass) was operated, and acetone of 45 parts by mass of acetic acid was added, and optical display was used. The filter was filtered using a filter (manufactured by ADVANTEC Co., Ltd.), and the evaluation results required for the measurement were as follows. &lt;Reference Example 1&gt; An acetone (200 parts by mass) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and acetone of 200 masses of acid was added thereto, and the filter was observed using an optical microscope (H010A047A manufactured by ADVANTEC). The filter was filtered and the time required for the measurement was as follows. The evaluation results are as follows. The organic nanoparticle water J of the aggregate H010A047A and the commercial product was observed by adding 200 parts by mass of dissolved micromirrors. After dissolving 45 parts by mass of the ethylene aggregate, it is filtered using the product name. -122-200904907 [Table 1] Pigment Dispersion Composition Organic Nanoparticles Aqueous Dispersion Average Diameter Aggregate Diameter Filtration Time (Pigment Per 1 g) Viscosity (cP) Comparative Example 1 A 22 nm 50 μm or more 1 minute 35 16000 Example 2 B 22 nm 100 μm or more 0.5 minute 24 18000 Example 3 B 22 nm 50 μm or more 1 minute 30 17000 Example 4 D 25 nm 100 μm or more 0.5 min 74 14000 Example 5 E 22 nm 100 μm or more 0.5 minute 120 12000 Example 6 F 22 nm 50 μm or more 1 minute 40 15000 Example 7 G 22 nm 50 μm or more 1 minute 32 16500 Example 8 Η 22 nm 50 μm or more 3 minutes 30 17000 Comparative Example 1 I 22 nm 5 μm degree 10 hours 153 11000 Reference Example 1 • 22 nm 5 μm 8 hours or more, according to the present invention, when the organic nanoparticle aqueous dispersion phase is transferred to the organic nanoparticle non-aqueous dispersion, the step of temporarily preparing the aqueous paste represented by rinsing, that is, filter filtration, etc. It takes a very long time and a troublesome step, and the nanoparticle in the aqueous dispersion of the organic nanoparticle becomes an aggregate which can be easily filtered, and is isolated and redispersed in a non-aqueous solvent, thereby providing an efficient and effective A non-aqueous dispersion of the obtained organic nanoparticle and a preparation method thereof. Further, it is possible to provide a non-aqueous dispersion of organic nanoparticles which is excellent in dispersibility and has high contrast and a process for producing the same. [Preparation of coloring photosensitive resin composition] In the pigment dispersion compositions A to I obtained in Examples 1 to 8 and Comparative Example 1, a component having the following composition was further added and stirred and mixed to prepare the coloring sensitivity of the present invention. Resin composition (color photoresist). -123- 200904907 [Composition] • Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylic acid resin · · 80 parts by mass • 4-[o-bromo-p-N,N-bis(ethoxycarbonyl)aminophenyl-2 , 6_bis(trichloromethyl)-S-dioxin (photopolymerization initiator) · · .30 parts by volume • methacrylic acid vinegar / methacrylic acid (= 70/30 [mr ratio] Copolymer (weight average molecular weight: 10, 〇〇〇) of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution (solid content 40 ° / °) ... 200 parts by mass. 1-methoxy-2-propanol acetate 490 parts by mass, the obtained photocurable composition (color resist liquid) was applied to a glass substrate (173, manufactured by CORNING Co., Ltd.) of 100 mm χίοο mm so that the color density index X 値 was 0.650. And dry in an oven at 90 ° C for 60 seconds (pre-bake). Subsequently, the coating film was fully exposed using 200 mJ/cm 2 (illuminance: 20 mW/cm 2 ), and the coating film was covered with a 1% aqueous solution of an alkaline developing solution CD K-1 (Fuji Film ELECTRONICS MATE RI ALS). Full and still 60 seconds. After standing still, sprinkle pure water in a spray to wash the developing solution. Then, the coating film after exposure and development as described above was subjected to an oven heat treatment (post-baking) at 220 ° C for 1 hour to form a colored resin film for a color filter on a glass substrate to produce a colored filter. Substrate (color filter). When the R component of each of the obtained films was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, the results are shown in Table 2 below. -124- 200904907

試料 對比 備考Sample comparison

著色感光性樹脂組成物A 著色感光性樹脂組成物B 著色感光性樹脂組成物C 著色感光性樹脂組成物D 著色感光性樹脂組成物E 著色感光性樹脂組成物F 著色感光性樹脂組成物G 著色感光性樹脂組成物Η 著色感光性樹脂組成物I 15000 實施例1 17500 實施例2 16700 實施例3 13500 實施例4 11500 實施例5 14500 實施例6 16000 實施例7 16000 實施例8 10000 比較例1 以上,得到由使用依照本發明所得到的有機奈米粒子 非水性分散液有機粒子而成的著色感光性樹脂組成物所製 造的彩色濾光片與比較例者比較,顯示具有非常優良的對 比。 【圖式簡單說明】 〇 j \ \\ 【元件符號說明】 姐。 /\\\ -125-Coloring photosensitive resin composition A coloring photosensitive resin composition B coloring photosensitive resin composition C coloring photosensitive resin composition D coloring photosensitive resin composition E coloring photosensitive resin composition F coloring photosensitive resin composition G coloring Photosensitive resin composition 着色 Colored photosensitive resin composition I 15000 Example 1 17500 Example 2 16700 Example 3 13500 Example 4 11500 Example 5 14500 Example 6 16000 Example 7 16000 Example 8 10000 Comparative Example 1 The color filter produced by using the colored photosensitive resin composition obtained by using the organic nanoparticle non-aqueous dispersion organic particles obtained according to the present invention showed a very excellent contrast as compared with the comparative example. [Simple description of the diagram] 〇 j \ \\ [Component symbol description] Sister. /\\\ -125-

Claims (1)

200904907 十、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體的製法,其特徵係藉由使 至少1種分子量小於1 000的有機低分子化合物及至少1 種重量平均分子量1000以上的有機高分子化合物對分散 於水性介質中的有機奈米顏料粒子作用來使其凝集後, 進行離析。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體的製 法,其中藉由使用與該水性介質中混合之溶劑來使該有 機低分子化合物及有機高分子化合物溶解,並添加至該 水性介質中’來使分散於水性介質中之有機奈米顏料粒 子凝集。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1或2項之有機奈米顏料粒子凝集體 的製法,其中該離析係使用過濾來進行。 4 .如申請專利範圍第1至3項中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒 子凝集體的製法,其中含有至少除去剩餘的該有機低分 子化合物之步驟。 5 .如申請專利範圍第1至4項中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒 子凝集體的製法,其中分散於該水性介質中的有機奈米 顏料粒子係混合溶解於良溶劑而成之有機顏料的溶液、 和與該良溶劑具相溶性且對該有機顏料係弱溶劑之介 質,來使其生成奈米尺寸的微粒子而得到。 6.如申請專利範圍第1至5項中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒 子凝集體的製法,其中該有機奈米顏料粒子的平均一次 粒徑爲100奈米以下。 -126- 200904907 7 _如申請專利範圍第1至6項中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒 子凝集體的製法,其中該凝集體的平均粒徑爲1 0000奈 米以上。 8 . —種有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散物的製法,其特徵係 使如申請專利範圍第1至7項中任一項之離析而成的有 機奈米顏料粒子凝集體在非水性介質中再分散而得到。 9 .如申請專利範圍第i至8項中任一項之有機奈米顏料粒 子非水性分散物的製法,其中有機高分子化合物係下述 通式(11)或通式(14)所示,200904907 X. Patent application scope: 1. A method for preparing an organic nano pigment particle aggregate, which is characterized in that at least one organic low molecular compound having a molecular weight of less than 1 000 and at least one organic high having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more The molecular compound acts on the organic nano pigment particles dispersed in the aqueous medium to cause aggregation, and then is isolated. 2. The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle agglomerate according to claim 1, wherein the organic low molecular compound and the organic high molecular compound are dissolved by using a solvent mixed with the aqueous medium, and added to the The organic medium pigment particles dispersed in the aqueous medium are agglomerated in the aqueous medium. 3. The method of producing an organic nanoparticle particle agglomerate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the isolating is carried out using filtration. The method of producing an organic nanoparticle particle agglomerate according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which comprises the step of removing at least the remaining organic low molecular compound. The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle agglomerate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the organic nano pigment particles dispersed in the aqueous medium are mixed and dissolved in a good solvent to obtain an organic pigment. The solution is obtained by combining a solution having compatibility with the good solvent and a medium of the organic pigment as a weak solvent to form fine particles having a nanometer size. The method for producing an organic nano pigment particle agglomerate according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the organic nano pigment particles have an average primary particle diameter of 100 nm or less. The method of producing an organic nano pigment particle agglomerate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the aggregate has an average particle diameter of 1,000,000 nm or more. 8. A method for producing a non-aqueous dispersion of organic nano pigment particles, characterized in that the organic nano pigment particles isolated as described in any one of claims 1 to 7 are aggregated in a non-aqueous medium. Redistributed to get. The method for producing a non-aqueous dispersion of an organic nano pigment particle according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the organic polymer compound is represented by the following formula (11) or formula (14), 通式(11) m (該通式(Π)中,A1係表示具有選自酸性基、具有鹼性氮 原子之基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之 基、碳數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰 酸酯基及羥基之基之1價的有機基、或是含有亦可具有 取代基之有機色料結構或是雜環之1價的有機基,η個 Α1可以相同亦可以不同,R1係表示(π1 + η)價的連結基, m + n係表示3〜10’ m係表示1〜8的整數,η係表示2 〜9的整數,R2係表示單鍵或2價的連結基,pi係表示 高分子殘基) 通式(1 4) m I -127- 200904907 ' (該通式(14)中,G_ 係表示-COO-、_S03·、-〇S03‘、 -P(0)(OH)〇-、或_〇p(〇)(〇H)〇-,J係表示2價的連結基 或單鍵,Q係表示(m + 1)價的連結基,R係表示高分子化 合物殘基,Z +係表示有機或無機陽離子’ m + l係表示3〜 6) ° 1 0 .如申請專利範圍第9項之有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散 物的製法,其中在非水性介質中將該有機高分子化合物 直接使用作爲分散劑。 1 1 . 一種著色感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵係含有如申請專利 範圍第9或1 0項之有機奈米顏料粒子非水性分散物、黏 合劑、單體或低聚物及光聚合引發劑或光聚合引發劑系 之至少一種。 i2.—種彩色濾光片,其特徵係使用如申請專利範圍第n項 之著色感光性樹脂組成物而構成。 -128- 200904907 七、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 無。 八、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式:In the formula (11) m, in the formula (A), A1 represents a group having a group selected from an acidic group, having a basic nitrogen atom, a ureido group, a urethane group, and a coordinating oxygen atom. a monovalent organic group having a hydrocarbon group of 4 or more carbon atoms, an alkoxyalkyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group or a hydroxyl group, or an organic coloring material structure or a heterocyclic ring containing a substituent The valence organic group, η Α1 may be the same or different, R1 represents a (π1 + η) valence linkage, m + n represents 3 to 10' m represents an integer from 1 to 8, and η represents 2 〜 An integer of 9 , R 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and pi represents a polymer residue. Formula (1 4) m I -127- 200904907 ' (In the formula (14), G_ represents - COO-, _S03·, -〇S03', -P(0)(OH)〇-, or _〇p(〇)(〇H)〇-, J system represents a divalent linking group or a single bond, Q system A linking group of (m + 1) valence, R represents a polymer compound residue, and Z + represents an organic or inorganic cation 'm + l means 3 to 6) ° 1 0. As claimed in claim 9 Organic nano pigment particles non-aqueous A method of producing a bulk material in which the organic polymer compound is directly used as a dispersing agent in a non-aqueous medium. 1 1. A colored photosensitive resin composition characterized by containing a non-aqueous dispersion of an organic nano pigment particle, a binder, a monomer or an oligomer, and a photopolymerization initiator according to claim 9 or 10 of the patent application. Or at least one of photopolymerization initiators. I2. A color filter characterized in that it is formed using a colored photosensitive resin composition as in item n of the patent application. -128- 200904907 VII. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: None. (2) A brief description of the component symbols of this representative figure: None. 8. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention:
TW097116573A 2007-05-08 2008-05-06 Method for producing organic nano-pigment particle aggregate and organic nano-pigment particle nonaqueous dispersed substance, colour photosensitive resin composition containing the said dispersed substance, and color filter using it TW200904907A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007123981A JP2008280391A (en) 2007-05-08 2007-05-08 Method for producing aggregate of organic pigment nanoparticles and nonaqueous dispersion of organic pigment nanoparticles, colored photosensitive resin composition containing the dispersion, and color filter using the same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200904907A true TW200904907A (en) 2009-02-01

Family

ID=40112466

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097116573A TW200904907A (en) 2007-05-08 2008-05-06 Method for producing organic nano-pigment particle aggregate and organic nano-pigment particle nonaqueous dispersed substance, colour photosensitive resin composition containing the said dispersed substance, and color filter using it

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2008280391A (en)
KR (1) KR20080099208A (en)
CN (1) CN101302354A (en)
TW (1) TW200904907A (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010180386A (en) * 2009-02-09 2010-08-19 Fujifilm Corp Method for producing organic pigment nanoparticle, organic pigment nanoparticle obtained thereby, pigment dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition, inkjet ink for color filter, and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same, and color filter and liquid crystal display obtained using them
JP5352318B2 (en) * 2009-03-31 2013-11-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink jet ink, ink set using the same, and image forming method
KR101361859B1 (en) * 2009-06-05 2014-02-13 다이니치 세이카 고교 가부시키가이샤 Green pigment, process for production of same, coloring matter containing same, and method for coloring using same
JP5694654B2 (en) * 2009-09-09 2015-04-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition, ink set, and image forming method
JP2011209653A (en) * 2010-03-30 2011-10-20 Fujifilm Corp Titanium black dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, shading film, manufacturing method of the same, and solid-state image pickup element
JP5295284B2 (en) * 2011-02-07 2013-09-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition and image forming method.
KR20150014669A (en) * 2013-07-30 2015-02-09 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored Photosensitive Resin Composition, Color Filter, and Liquid Crystal Display Device Having the Same
US20210048559A1 (en) * 2018-02-09 2021-02-18 Essilor International Nanoparticles of Encapsulated Light-Absorbing Agent, Preparation Thereof and Ophthalmic Lens Comprising Said Nanoparticles
WO2019196041A1 (en) * 2018-04-11 2019-10-17 南通纺织丝绸产业技术研究院 Chiral main-chain-type azobenzene polymer aggregate and preparation method therefor

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62151468A (en) * 1985-12-26 1987-07-06 Pentel Kk Production of easily dispersible pigment
JP2772692B2 (en) * 1989-12-21 1998-07-02 森村バーディシェ株式会社 Alkaline blue pigment composition
GB9117765D0 (en) * 1991-08-16 1991-10-02 Ciba Geigy Ag Method of improving storage stability
JPH10130523A (en) * 1996-10-28 1998-05-19 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Production of aqueous pigment dispersions and production of pigment composition
US5998501A (en) * 1997-02-07 1999-12-07 Kao Corporation Process for producing aqueous ink for inkjet printing
JP2002020673A (en) * 2000-04-10 2002-01-23 Seiko Epson Corp Method for manufacturing pigment dispersion, pigment dispersion obtained thereby, ink jet recording ink using the same, and recording method and recorded matter therewith
JP4234355B2 (en) * 2001-06-28 2009-03-04 大日精化工業株式会社 Method for producing fine pigment and coloring composition
JP4612788B2 (en) * 2002-05-21 2011-01-12 キヤノン株式会社 Dispersion of particles containing water-insoluble colorant and method for producing the same
JP2004277585A (en) * 2003-03-17 2004-10-07 Canon Inc Method for producing organic pigment dispersion, organic pigment dispersion, water-based coloring fluid, and inkjet recording fluid
EP1493783A1 (en) * 2003-06-30 2005-01-05 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Pigment dispersant for non-aqueous solvent, ink composition for ink-jet system, and electrophotographic liquid developer
JP4517647B2 (en) * 2004-01-13 2010-08-04 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Method for producing aqueous pigment composition
JP2006188604A (en) * 2005-01-06 2006-07-20 Fuji Shikiso Kk Ink composition for ink-jet printing and method for producing the same
US20090045535A1 (en) * 2005-05-09 2009-02-19 Yousuke Miyashita Method of producing organic particles and production apparatus usable for the same
JP2007023169A (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-02-01 Fujifilm Holdings Corp Method for producing organic pigment particle
CN101273098A (en) * 2005-07-25 2008-09-24 富士胶片株式会社 Process for production of composition having organic particles dispersed therein
JPWO2007013599A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2009-02-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for producing organic particles, method for producing organic particle dispersion composition, and ink for inkjet recording containing organic particle dispersion composition obtained thereby

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2008280391A (en) 2008-11-20
KR20080099208A (en) 2008-11-12
CN101302354A (en) 2008-11-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200904907A (en) Method for producing organic nano-pigment particle aggregate and organic nano-pigment particle nonaqueous dispersed substance, colour photosensitive resin composition containing the said dispersed substance, and color filter using it
TWI428174B (en) Method for preparing organic nanoparitcles, organic nanoparticles obtained by it, ink-jet ink for color filter containing them, coloring photo-sensitive resin composition, photo-sensitive resin transcription material, color filter using it, liquid crysta
KR101376637B1 (en) Organic nanoparticle, dispersion composition thereof, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display and ccd device using the same
JP5325373B2 (en) Method for producing organic pigment dispersion, organic pigment dispersion obtained thereby, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material using the same, color filter and liquid crystal display device
KR101390760B1 (en) Pigment dispersion composition, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material using the same, and color filter, liquid crystal display and ccd device using the same
CN101273098A (en) Process for production of composition having organic particles dispersed therein
KR20070115803A (en) Organic pigment nanoparticle dispersion, producing method thereof, inkjet ink including the same, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transfer material, color filter using the same, liquid crystal display, and ccd device
JP2008007773A (en) Organic nanoparticles and dispersion thereof, and colored photosensitive resin composition containing the same, ink-ket ink, photosensitive resin transfer material, color filter using the same, liquid crystal display and ccd device
TW200920794A (en) Method for producing organic pigment nano-particle, organic pigment nano-particle powder, pigment dispersant, colorful photosensitive resin composition, inkjet ink and photosensitive resin transcription material produced by the same, color filter and liq
TWI425255B (en) Color filter and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008007775A (en) Pigment dispersion composition, colored photosensitive composition, photosensitive resin transfer material, inkjet ink using the same and, color filter, liquid crystal display and ccd device
TW201031715A (en) Pigment material and pigment dispersion
TWI447178B (en) Organic pigment composition and preparation method thereof, coloring photosensitive resin composition using the same, color filter
TWI448743B (en) Color filter, liquid crystal display device using the same, organic pigment dispersions used in them, jet ink for color filter, coloring photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transfer material
JP2007321110A (en) Method for producing pigment nanoparticle dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition containing pigment nanoparticle, photosensitive transfer material, color filter using them, liquid crystal display device, ccd device and method for producing ink-jet ink for color filter
JP5352072B2 (en) Non-aqueous dispersion of organic pigment nanoparticles, colored photosensitive resin composition obtained therefrom, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2008081601A (en) Manufacturing method for pigment nanoparticle dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive transferring material containing pigment nanoparticle, color filter using those, liquid crystal display apparatus, ccd device and manufacturing method for ink jet ink for color filter
JP2007321107A (en) Method for producing nano-pigment dispersion, nano-pigment dispersion obtained by the method, colored photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin transfer material containing the same, and color filter and liquid crystal display using them
JP2007321111A (en) Method for producing pigment nanoparticle, method for producing pigment nanoparticle dispersion, pigment nanoparticle dispersion containing pigment nanoparticle, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive transfer material, color filter using them, liquid crystal display device and ccd device
TW200831956A (en) Color filter, and liquid crystal display device and CCD device each using the color filter
JP2010084037A (en) Organic pigment composition, colored photosensitive resin composition using the same, and color filter
TWI458789B (en) Non-aqueous dispersions of organic pigment nanoparticles, colouring photosensitive resin comosition containing the same, color filter by using colouring photosensitive resin comosition, and liquid crystal display
JP2010084036A (en) Method for producing organic pigment composition, organic pigment composition obtained by the method, colored photosensitive resin composition using the same, and color filter
JP2007112876A (en) Organic nanoparticle-dispersed composition, colored photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin transfer material, colored photosensitive polymer film, color filter and liquid crystal display device using them and manufacturing process of bis-isoindoline pigment to be used for them
KR20090100261A (en) Method of producing organic pigment nanoparticle hydrophobic agglomerate and organic pigment nanoparticle non-aqueous dispersion, colored photosensitive resin composition containing the dispersion, and color filter using the same